Merge mainline into emu-modload

.bzrignore

@@ -25,6 +25,8 @@ docs/version.texi
 *.exec
 genkernsyms.sh
 gensymlist.sh
+gentrigtables
+grub-bin2h
 grub-dumpbios
 grub-editenv
 grub-emu
@@ -40,8 +42,13 @@ grub-pe2elf
 grub-probe
 grub_probe_init.c
 grub_probe_init.h
+grub-reboot
+grub-script-check
+grub_script_check_init.c
+grub_script_check_init.h
 grub_script.tab.c
 grub_script.tab.h
+grub-set-default
 grub-setup
 grub_setup_init.c
 grub_setup_init.h
@@ -62,4 +69,5 @@ stamp-h
 stamp-h1
 stamp-h.in
 symlist.c
+trigtables.c
 update-grub_lib

ChangeLog.emu-mod

@@ -1,57 +0,0 @@
-2010-02-07  Vladimir Serbinenko  <phcoder@gmail.com>
-
-	Compile parts of grub-emu as modules.
-
-	* Makefile.in (TARGET_CPPFLAGS) [emu]: Remove -nostdinc -isystem.
-	(pkglib_DATA) [emu]: Remove moddep.lst command.lst fs.lst
-	partmap.lst parttool.lst handler.lst video.lst crypto.lst terminal.lst.
-	(all-local): Add $(GRUB_EMU).
-	(install-local): Install $(GRUB_EMU).
-	(uninstall): Uninstall $(GRUB_EMU).
-	* commands/parttool.c: Replace GRUB_UTIL with GRUB_NO_MODULES.
-	* kern/dl.c: Likewise.
-	* commands/sleep.c: Not include machine/time.h.
-	* conf/any-emu.rmk (COMMON_LDFLAGS): New variable.
-	(COMMON_CFLAGS): Likewise.
-	(sbin_UTILITIES): Remove grub-emu.
-	(grub_emu_SOURCES): Removed.
-	(kernel_img_RELOCATABLE): New variable.
-	(pkglib_PROGRAMS): Add kernel.img.
-	(kernel_img_SOURCES): New variable
-	(kernel_img_CFLAGS): Likewise.
-	(kernel_img_LDFLAGS): Likewise.
-	(TARGET_NO_STRIP): Likewise.
-	(TARGET_NO_DYNAMIC_MODULES): Likewise.
-	(pkglib_MODULES): Add progname.mod, hostfs.mod, host.mod, reboot.mod,
-	halt.mod, cpuid.mod, usb.mod, sdl.mod and pci.mod.
-	(grub-emu): New target.
-	(GRUB_EMU): New variable.
-	* configure.ac: Whitelist -emu as possible x86_64 architecture.
-	* efiemu/main.c: Replace GRUB_UTIL with GRUB_MACHINE_EMU.
-	* loader/xnu.c: Likewise.
-	* include/grub/pci.h: Likewise.
-	* genemuinit.sh: New file.
-	* genemuinitheader.sh: Likewise.
-	* genmk.rb: Don't strip if TARGET_NO_STRIP is yes.
-	Support TARGET_NO_DYNAMIC_MODULES.
-	* include/grub/dl.h (GRUB_NO_MODULES): New variable.
-	* commands/search.c: Fix GRUB_MOD_INIT and GRUB_MOD_FINI arguments.
-	* disk/loopback.c: Likewise.
-	* font/font_cmd.c: Likewise.
-	* partmap/acorn.c: Likewise.
-	* partmap/amiga.c: Likewise.
-	* partmap/apple.c: Likewise.
-	* partmap/gpt.c: Likewise.
-	* partmap/msdos.c: Likewise.
-	* partmap/sun.c: Likewise.
-	* parttool/msdospart.c: Likewise.
-	* term/gfxterm.c: Likewise.
-	* video/bitmap.c: Likewise.
-	* video/readers/jpeg.c: Likewise.
-	* video/readers/png.c: Likewise.
-	* video/readers/tga.c: Likewise.
-	* video/video.c: Likewise.
-	* util/grub-emu.c (read_command_list): Removed.
-	(main): Don't call util_init_nls.
-	* util/misc.c (grub_err_printf) [!GRUB_UTIL]: Removed.
-	(grub_util_init_nls) [!GRUB_UTIL]: Likewise.

ChangeLog.ofwclock

@@ -1,15 +0,0 @@
-2010-02-07  Vladimir Serbinenko  <phcoder@gmail.com>
-
-	* conf/powerpc-ieee1275.rmk (pkglib_MODULES): Add datetime.mod,
-	date.mod, datehook.mod.
-	(datetime_mod_SOURCES): New variable.
-	(datetime_mod_CFLAGS): Likewise.
-	(datetime_mod_LDFLAGS): Likewise.
-	(date_mod_SOURCES): Likewise.
-	(date_mod_CFLAGS): Likewise.
-	(date_mod_LDFLAGS): Likewise.
-	(datehook_mod_SOURCES): Likewise.
-	(datehook_mod_CFLAGS): Likewise.
-	(datehook_mod_LDFLAGS): Likewise.
-	* conf/sparc64-ieee1275.rmk: Likewise.
-	* lib/ieee1275/datetime.c: New file.

ChangeLog.ofwfb

@@ -1,16 +0,0 @@
-2010-02-06  Vladimir Serbinenko  <phcoder@gmail.com>
-
-	* conf/powerpc-ieee1275.rmk (pkglib_MODULES): Add ieee1275_fb.mod.
-	(ieee1275_fb_mod_SOURCES): New variable.
-	(ieee1275_fb_mod_CFLAGS): Likewise.
-	(ieee1275_fb_mod_LDFLAGS): Likewise.
-	* include/grub/ieee1275/ieee1275.h (grub_ieee1275_devices_iterate):
-	New proto.
-	* kern/ieee1275/init.c (HEAP_MAX_SIZE): Increased.
-	(HEAP_MAX_ADDR): Likewise.
-	* kern/ieee1275/openfw.c (grub_children_iterate): Don't skip empty
-	type.
-	Correct stop condition.
-	(grub_ieee1275_devices_iterate): New function.
-	* video/ieee1275.c: New file.
-

INSTALL

@@ -14,6 +14,7 @@ configuring the GRUB.
 * GCC 4.1.3 or later
 * GNU Make
 * GNU Bison 2.3 or later
+* GNU gettext 0.17 or later
 * GNU binutils 2.9.1.0.23 or later
 * Other standard GNU/Unix tools
 
@@ -25,6 +26,10 @@ need the following.
 * Autoconf 2.60 or later
 * Automake 1.10.1 or later
 
+Prerequisites for make-check:
+
+* qemu, specifically the binary 'qemu-system-i386'
+
 Configuring the GRUB
 ====================
 

Makefile.in

@@ -80,6 +80,9 @@ LIBS = @LIBS@ $(LIBINTL)
 
 CC = @CC@
 CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@
+POSIX_CFLAGS = -I$(srcdir)/lib/posix_wrap 
+GNULIB_UTIL_CFLAGS = -Wno-undef -Wno-sign-compare -Wno-unused -D_GL_UNUSED="__attribute__ ((unused))" -I$(srcdir)/gnulib
+GNULIB_CFLAGS = $(GNULIB_UTIL_CFLAGS) $(POSIX_CFLAGS)
 ASFLAGS = @ASFLAGS@
 LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@ $(LIBS)
 CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@ -I$(builddir) -I$(builddir)/include -I$(srcdir)/gnulib -I$(srcdir)/include -Wall -W \
@@ -90,10 +93,8 @@ TARGET_ASFLAGS = -nostdinc -fno-builtin @TARGET_ASFLAGS@
 TARGET_MODULE_FORMAT = @TARGET_MODULE_FORMAT@
 TARGET_APPLE_CC = @TARGET_APPLE_CC@
 OBJCONV = @OBJCONV@
-TARGET_CPPFLAGS = @TARGET_CPPFLAGS@ -I$(srcdir)/include -I$(builddir) -I$(builddir)/include -Wall -W
+TARGET_CPPFLAGS = @TARGET_CPPFLAGS@ -I$(srcdir)/include -I$(builddir) -I$(builddir)/include \
-ifneq ($(platform), emu)
+	-Wall -W
-TARGET_CPPFLAGS += -nostdinc -isystem $(shell $(TARGET_CC) -print-file-name=include)
-endif
 TARGET_LDFLAGS = -nostdlib @TARGET_LDFLAGS@
 TARGET_IMG_LDSCRIPT = @TARGET_IMG_LDSCRIPT@
 TARGET_IMG_LDFLAGS = -nostdlib @TARGET_IMG_LDFLAGS@
@@ -119,6 +120,7 @@ LIBCURSES = @LIBCURSES@
 LIBUSB = @LIBUSB@
 LIBSDL = @LIBSDL@
 LIBPCIACCESS = @LIBPCIACCESS@
+LEX = @LEX@
 YACC = @YACC@
 FONT_SOURCE = @FONT_SOURCE@
 
@@ -135,7 +137,7 @@ enable_efiemu = @enable_efiemu@
 
 ### General variables.
 
-RMKFILES = $(wildcard conf/*.rmk)
+RMKFILES = $(wildcard $(srcdir)/conf/*.rmk)
 
 MKFILES = $(patsubst %.rmk,%.mk,$(RMKFILES))
 
@@ -150,11 +152,13 @@ INFOS = $(info_INFOS)
 CLEANFILES =
 MOSTLYCLEANFILES =
 DISTCLEANFILES = config.status config.cache config.log config.h \
-	Makefile stamp-h include/grub/cpu include/grub/machine \
+	Makefile stamp-h stamp-h1 include/grub/cpu include/grub/machine \
 	gensymlist.sh genkernsyms.sh build_env.mk \
 	docs/grub.info docs/version.texi docs/stamp-vti
 
-MAINTAINER_CLEANFILES = $(srcdir)/configure $(addprefix $(srcdir)/,$(MKFILES)) \
+MAINTAINER_CLEANFILES = $(srcdir)/configure $(srcdir)/aclocal.m4 \
+	$(MKFILES) $(srcdir)/config.guess \
+	$(srcdir)/config.sub $(srcdir)/install-sh $(srcdir)/missing \
 	$(srcdir)/DISTLIST $(srcdir)/config.h.in $(srcdir)/stamp-h.in $(INFOS)
 
 # The default target.
@@ -249,6 +253,7 @@ else
 ifeq ($(enable_grub_mkfont),yes)
 
 pkgdata_DATA += unicode.pf2 ascii.pf2 ascii.h
+CLEANFILES += ascii.bitmaps
 
 # Arrows and lines are needed to draw the menu, so we always include them
 UNICODE_ARROWS=0x2190-0x2193
@@ -402,7 +407,6 @@ uninstall:
 	@list='$(lib_SCRIPTS)'; \
 	for file in $$list; do \
 	  dest="`echo $$file | sed 's,.*/,,'`"; \
-	  echo rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/$$dest; \
 	  rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/grub/$$dest; \
 	done
 	@list='$(info_INFOS)'; \
@@ -431,6 +435,8 @@ distclean: mostlyclean
 
 maintainer-clean: distclean
 	-test -z "$(MAINTAINER_CLEANFILES)" || rm -f $(MAINTAINER_CLEANFILES)
+	-rmdir $(srcdir)/lib/libgcrypt-grub/cipher
+	-rmdir $(srcdir)/lib/libgcrypt-grub
 
 info:
 
@@ -534,8 +540,8 @@ genkernsyms.sh: genkernsyms.sh.in config.status
 	$(SHELL) ./config.status
 
 $(srcdir)/po/$(PACKAGE).pot: po/POTFILES po/POTFILES-shell
-	cd $(srcdir) && $(XGETTEXT) -ctranslate --from-code=utf-8 -o $@ -f $< --keyword=_ --keyword=N_
+	cd $(srcdir) && $(XGETTEXT) -ctranslate --from-code=utf-8 -o po/$(PACKAGE).pot -f po/POTFILES --keyword=_ --keyword=N_
-	cd $(srcdir) && $(XGETTEXT) -ctranslate --from-code=utf-8 -o $@ -f po/POTFILES-shell -j --language=Shell
+	cd $(srcdir) && $(XGETTEXT) -ctranslate --from-code=utf-8 -o po/$(PACKAGE).pot -f po/POTFILES-shell -j --language=Shell
 
 $(foreach lang, $(LINGUAS), $(srcdir)/po/$(lang).po): po/$(PACKAGE).pot
 	$(MSGMERGE) -U $@ $^

NEWS

@@ -1,4 +1,6 @@
-New in 1.98:
+New in 1.98 - 2010-03-06:
+
+* Multiboot on EFI support.
 
 * Graphical menu support.
 

boot/i386/pc/boot.S

@@ -27,6 +27,7 @@
 
 	/* Print message string */
 #define MSG(x)	movw $x, %si; call LOCAL(message)
+#define ERR(x)	movw $x, %si; jmp LOCAL(error_message)
 
 	.file	"boot.S"
 
@@ -233,7 +234,7 @@ LOCAL(chs_mode):
 	jz	LOCAL(floppy_probe)
 
 	/* Nope, we definitely have a hard disk, and we're screwed. */
-	jmp	LOCAL(hd_probe_error)
+	ERR(hd_probe_error_string)
 
 LOCAL(final_init):
 	/* set the mode to zero */
@@ -360,22 +361,15 @@ LOCAL(copy_buffer):
  * BIOS Geometry translation error (past the end of the disk geometry!).
  */
 LOCAL(geometry_error):
-	MSG(geometry_error_string)
+	ERR(geometry_error_string)
-	jmp	LOCAL(general_error)
-
-/*
- * Disk probe failure.
- */
-LOCAL(hd_probe_error):
-	MSG(hd_probe_error_string)
-	jmp	LOCAL(general_error)
 
 /*
  * Read error on the disk.
  */
 LOCAL(read_error):
-	MSG(read_error_string)
+	movw	$read_error_string, %si
-
+LOCAL(error_message):
+	call	LOCAL(message)
 LOCAL(general_error):
 	MSG(general_error_string)
 

boot/sparc64/ieee1275/boot.S

@@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ prom_call:
 
 boot_continue:
 	mov	%o7, PIC_REG		/* PIC base */
-	sethi	%hi(SCRATCH_PAD), %l1	/* OF argument slots */
+	sethi	%hi(SCRATCH_PAD_BOOT), %l1	/* OF argument slots */
 
 	/* Find the /chosen node so we can fetch the stdout handle,
 	 * and thus perform console output.

boot/sparc64/ieee1275/diskboot.S

@@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ prom_call:
 
 
 after_info_block:
-	sethi	%hi(SCRATCH_PAD), %l1	/* OF argument slots */
+	sethi	%hi(SCRATCH_PAD_DISKBOOT), %l1	/* OF argument slots */
 
 	GET_ABS(notification_string, %o2)
 	call	console_write
@@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ bootit:
 	 mov	NOTIFICATION_DONE_LEN, %o3
 	sethi	%hi(GRUB_BOOT_MACHINE_IMAGE_ADDRESS), %o2
 	jmpl	%o2 + %lo(GRUB_BOOT_MACHINE_IMAGE_ADDRESS), %o7
-	 mov	CIF_REG, %o0
+	 mov	CIF_REG, %o4
 1:	ba,a	1b
 
 lastlist:

commands/blocklist.c

@@ -90,8 +90,7 @@ grub_cmd_blocklist (grub_command_t cmd __attribute__ ((unused)),
     return grub_error (GRUB_ERR_BAD_DEVICE,
 		       "this command is available only for disk devices");
 
-  if (file->device->disk->partition)
+  part_start = grub_partition_get_start (file->device->disk->partition);
-    part_start = grub_partition_get_start (file->device->disk->partition);
 
   file->read_hook = read_blocklist;
 

commands/cat.c

@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ grub_cmd_cat (grub_command_t cmd __attribute__ ((unused)),
 
   file = grub_gzfile_open (args[0], 1);
   if (! file)
-    return 0;
+    return grub_errno;
 
   while ((size = grub_file_read (file, buf, sizeof (buf))) > 0
 	 && key != GRUB_TERM_ESC)

commands/i386/pc/drivemap_int13h.S

@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@
 
 #include <grub/symbol.h>
 
-#define INT13H_OFFSET(x) ((x) - EXT_C(grub_drivemap_handler))
+#define INT13H_OFFSET(x) ((x) - LOCAL (base))
 
 .code16
 
@@ -27,6 +27,7 @@
 
 /* The replacement int13 handler.   Preserve all registers.  */
 FUNCTION(grub_drivemap_handler)
+LOCAL (base):
 	/* Save %dx for future restore. */
 	push	%dx
 	/* Push flags. Used to simulate interrupt with original flags. */
@@ -35,12 +36,7 @@ FUNCTION(grub_drivemap_handler)
 	/* Map the drive number (always in DL).  */
 	push	%ax
 	push	%bx
-#ifdef APPLE_CC
+	movw	$INT13H_OFFSET(LOCAL (mapstart)), %bx
-	grub_drivemap_mapstart_ofs = INT13H_OFFSET(EXT_C(grub_drivemap_mapstart))
-	movw	$grub_drivemap_mapstart_ofs, %bx
-#else
-	movw	$INT13H_OFFSET(EXT_C(grub_drivemap_mapstart)), %bx
-#endif
 
 more_remaining:
 	movw	%cs:(%bx), %ax
@@ -66,12 +62,7 @@ not_found:
 	popf
 	pushf
 
-#ifdef APPLE_CC
+	lcall *%cs:INT13H_OFFSET (LOCAL (oldhandler))
-	grub_drivemap_oldhandler_ofs = INT13H_OFFSET (EXT_C (grub_drivemap_oldhandler))
-	lcall *%cs:grub_drivemap_oldhandler_ofs
-#else
-	lcall *%cs:INT13H_OFFSET (EXT_C (grub_drivemap_oldhandler))
-#endif
 
 	push	%bp
 	mov	%sp, %bp
@@ -94,11 +85,7 @@ norestore:
 	popf
 	pushf
 
-#ifdef APPLE_CC
+	lcall *%cs:INT13H_OFFSET (LOCAL (oldhandler))
-	lcall *%cs:grub_drivemap_oldhandler_ofs
-#else
-	lcall *%cs:INT13H_OFFSET (EXT_C (grub_drivemap_oldhandler))
-#endif
 
 	push	%bp
 	mov	%sp, %bp
@@ -111,9 +98,13 @@ norestore:
 /* Far pointer to the old handler.  Stored as a CS:IP in the style of real-mode
    IVT entries (thus PI:SC in mem).  */
 VARIABLE(grub_drivemap_oldhandler)
+LOCAL (oldhandler):
 	.word 0x0, 0x0
 
 /* This label MUST be at the end of the copied block, since the installer code
    reserves additional space for mappings at runtime and copies them over it.  */
-.align 2
+	.align 2
+	
 VARIABLE(grub_drivemap_mapstart)
+LOCAL (mapstart):
+	.byte 0

commands/i386/pc/play.c

@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@
 #include <grub/command.h>
 #include <grub/i18n.h>
 
-#define BASE_TEMPO 120
+#define BASE_TEMPO (60 * GRUB_TICKS_PER_SECOND)
 
 /* The speaker port.  */
 #define SPEAKER			0x61
@@ -101,13 +101,13 @@
 #define PIT_CTRL_COUNT_BINARY	0x00	/* 16-bit binary counter.  */
 #define PIT_CTRL_COUNT_BCD	0x01	/* 4-decade BCD counter.  */
 
-#define T_REST			((short) 0)
+#define T_REST			((grub_uint16_t) 0)
-#define T_FINE			((short) -1)
+#define T_FINE			((grub_uint16_t) -1)
 
 struct note
 {
-  short pitch;
+  grub_uint16_t pitch;
-  short duration;
+  grub_uint16_t duration;
 };
 
 static void
@@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ beep_off (void)
 }
 
 static void
-beep_on (short pitch)
+beep_on (grub_uint16_t pitch)
 {
   unsigned char status;
   unsigned int counter;
@@ -143,60 +143,111 @@ beep_on (short pitch)
   grub_outb (status | SPEAKER_TMR2 | SPEAKER_DATA, SPEAKER);
 }
 
+/* Returns whether playing should continue.  */
+static int
+play (unsigned tempo, struct note *note)
+{
+  unsigned int to;
+
+  if (note->pitch == T_FINE || grub_checkkey () >= 0)
+    return 1;
+
+  grub_dprintf ("play", "pitch = %d, duration = %d\n", note->pitch,
+                note->duration);
+
+  switch (note->pitch)
+    {
+      case T_REST:
+        beep_off ();
+        break;
+
+      default:
+        beep_on (note->pitch);
+        break;
+    }
+
+  to = grub_get_rtc () + BASE_TEMPO * note->duration / tempo;
+  while (((unsigned int) grub_get_rtc () <= to) && (grub_checkkey () < 0))
+    ;
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
 static grub_err_t
 grub_cmd_play (grub_command_t cmd __attribute__ ((unused)),
 	       int argc, char **args)
 {
   grub_file_t file;
-  struct note buf;
-  int tempo;
-  unsigned int to;
 
-  if (argc != 1)
+  if (argc < 1)
-    return grub_error (GRUB_ERR_BAD_ARGUMENT, "file name required");
+    return grub_error (GRUB_ERR_BAD_ARGUMENT, "file name or tempo and notes required");
 
   file = grub_file_open (args[0]);
-  if (! file)
+  if (file)
-    return grub_error (GRUB_ERR_FILE_NOT_FOUND, "file not found");
-
-  if (grub_file_read (file, &tempo, sizeof(tempo)) != sizeof(tempo))
     {
-      grub_file_close (file);
+      struct note buf;
-      return grub_error (GRUB_ERR_FILE_READ_ERROR,
+      grub_uint32_t tempo;
-                         "file doesn't even contains a full tempo record");
-    }
 
-  grub_dprintf ("play","tempo = %d\n", tempo);
+      if (grub_file_read (file, &tempo, sizeof (tempo)) != sizeof (tempo))
-
-  while (grub_file_read (file, &buf,
-                         sizeof (struct note)) == sizeof (struct note)
-         && buf.pitch != T_FINE && grub_checkkey () < 0)
-    {
-
-      grub_dprintf ("play", "pitch = %d, duration = %d\n", buf.pitch,
-                    buf.duration);
-
-      switch (buf.pitch)
         {
-          case T_REST:
+          grub_file_close (file);
-            beep_off ();
+          return grub_error (GRUB_ERR_FILE_READ_ERROR,
-            break;
+                             "file doesn't even contains a full tempo record");
+        }
 
-          default:
+      tempo = grub_le_to_cpu32 (tempo);
-            beep_on (buf.pitch);
+      grub_dprintf ("play","tempo = %d\n", tempo);
+
+      while (grub_file_read (file, &buf,
+                             sizeof (struct note)) == sizeof (struct note))
+        {
+          buf.pitch = grub_le_to_cpu16 (buf.pitch);
+          buf.duration = grub_le_to_cpu16 (buf.duration);
+
+          if (play (tempo, &buf))
             break;
         }
 
-      to = grub_get_rtc () + BASE_TEMPO * buf.duration / tempo;
+      grub_file_close (file);
-      while (((unsigned int) grub_get_rtc () <= to) && (grub_checkkey () < 0))
+    }
-        ;
+  else
+    {
+      char *end;
+      unsigned tempo;
+      struct note note;
+      int i;
 
+      tempo = grub_strtoul (args[0], &end, 0);
+
+      if (*end)
+        /* Was not a number either, assume it was supposed to be a file name.  */
+        return grub_error (GRUB_ERR_FILE_NOT_FOUND, "file not found");
+
+      grub_dprintf ("play","tempo = %d\n", tempo);
+
+      for (i = 1; i + 1 < argc; i += 2)
+        {
+          note.pitch = grub_strtoul (args[i], &end, 0);
+          if (*end)
+            {
+              grub_error (GRUB_ERR_BAD_NUMBER, "bogus pitch number");
+              break;
+            }
+
+          note.duration = grub_strtoul (args[i + 1], &end, 0);
+          if (*end)
+            {
+              grub_error (GRUB_ERR_BAD_NUMBER, "bogus duration number");
+              break;
+            }
+
+          if (play (tempo, &note))
+            break;
+        }
     }
 
   beep_off ();
 
-  grub_file_close (file);
-
   while (grub_checkkey () > 0)
     grub_getkey ();
 
@@ -208,7 +259,8 @@ static grub_command_t cmd;
 GRUB_MOD_INIT(play)
 {
   cmd = grub_register_command ("play", grub_cmd_play,
-			       N_("FILE"), N_("Play a tune."));
+			       N_("FILE | TEMPO [PITCH1 DURATION1] [PITCH2 DURATION2] ... "),
+			       N_("Play a tune."));
 }
 
 GRUB_MOD_FINI(play)

commands/i386/pc/vbetest.c

@@ -24,6 +24,7 @@
 #include <grub/term.h>
 #include <grub/machine/init.h>
 #include <grub/machine/vbe.h>
+#include <grub/video.h>
 #include <grub/err.h>
 #include <grub/i18n.h>
 

commands/loadenv.c

@@ -235,10 +235,8 @@ check_blocklists (grub_envblk_t envblk, struct blocklist *blocklists,
   /* One more sanity check. Re-read all sectors by blocklists, and compare
      those with the data read via a file.  */
   disk = file->device->disk;
-  if (disk->partition)
+
-    part_start = grub_partition_get_start (disk->partition);
+  part_start = grub_partition_get_start (disk->partition);
-  else
-    part_start = 0;
 
   buf = grub_envblk_buffer (envblk);
   for (p = blocklists, index = 0; p; index += p->length, p = p->next)
@@ -268,10 +266,7 @@ write_blocklists (grub_envblk_t envblk, struct blocklist *blocklists,
 
   buf = grub_envblk_buffer (envblk);
   disk = file->device->disk;
-  if (disk->partition)
+  part_start = grub_partition_get_start (disk->partition);
-    part_start = grub_partition_get_start (disk->partition);
-  else
-    part_start = 0;
 
   index = 0;
   for (p = blocklists; p; index += p->length, p = p->next)

commands/regexp.c

@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+/* regexp.c -- The regexp command.  */
+/*
+ *  GRUB  --  GRand Unified Bootloader
+ *  Copyright (C) 2005,2007  Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ *
+ *  GRUB is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ *  it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ *  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ *  (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ *  GRUB is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ *  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ *  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ *  GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ *  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ *  along with GRUB.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+ */
+
+#include <grub/dl.h>
+#include <grub/misc.h>
+#include <grub/mm.h>
+#include <grub/command.h>
+#include <regex.h>
+
+static grub_err_t
+grub_cmd_regexp (grub_command_t cmd __attribute__ ((unused)),
+		 int argc, char **args)
+{
+  int argn = 0;
+  int matches = 0;
+  regex_t regex;
+  int ret;
+  grub_size_t s;
+  char *comperr;
+  grub_err_t err;
+
+  if (argc != 2)
+    return grub_error (GRUB_ERR_BAD_ARGUMENT, "2 arguments expected");
+
+  ret = regcomp (&regex, args[0], RE_SYNTAX_GNU_AWK);
+  if (ret)
+    goto fail;
+
+  ret = regexec (&regex, args[1], 0, 0, 0);
+  if (!ret)
+    {
+      regfree (&regex);
+      return GRUB_ERR_NONE;
+    }
+
+ fail:
+  s = regerror (ret, &regex, 0, 0);
+  comperr = grub_malloc (s);
+  if (!comperr)
+    {
+      regfree (&regex);
+      return grub_errno;
+    }
+  regerror (ret, &regex, comperr, s);
+  err = grub_error (GRUB_ERR_TEST_FAILURE, "%s", comperr);
+  regfree (&regex);
+  grub_free (comperr);
+  return err;
+}
+
+static grub_command_t cmd;
+
+GRUB_MOD_INIT(regexp)
+{
+  cmd = grub_register_command ("regexp", grub_cmd_regexp,
+			       "REGEXP STRING",
+			       "Test if REGEXP matches STRING.");
+}
+
+GRUB_MOD_FINI(regexp)
+{
+  grub_unregister_command (cmd);
+}

commands/videotest.c

@@ -69,9 +69,9 @@ grub_cmd_videotest (grub_command_t cmd __attribute__ ((unused)),
   color = grub_video_map_rgb (0, 255, 255);
   grub_video_fill_rect (color, 100, 100, 100, 100);
 
-  sansbig = grub_font_get ("Helvetica Bold 24");
+  sansbig = grub_font_get ("Unknown Regular 16");
-  sans = grub_font_get ("Helvetica Bold 14");
+  sans = grub_font_get ("Unknown Regular 16");
-  sanssmall = grub_font_get ("Helvetica 8");
+  sanssmall = grub_font_get ("Unknown Regular 16");
   fixed = grub_font_get ("Fixed 20");
   if (! sansbig || ! sans || ! sanssmall || ! fixed)
     return grub_error (GRUB_ERR_BAD_FONT, "no font loaded");
@@ -126,11 +126,6 @@ grub_cmd_videotest (grub_command_t cmd __attribute__ ((unused)),
   grub_font_draw_string (str, fixed, color, 16, texty);
   texty += grub_font_get_descent (fixed) + grub_font_get_leading (fixed);
 
-  /* Some character don't exist in the Helvetica font, so the font engine
-     will fall back to using glyphs from another font that does contain them.
-     TODO The font engine should be smart about selecting a replacement font
-     and prioritize fonts with similar sizes.  */
-
   texty += grub_font_get_ascent(sansbig);
   grub_font_draw_string (str, sansbig, color, 16, texty);
   texty += grub_font_get_descent (sansbig) + grub_font_get_leading (sansbig);

conf/any-emu.rmk

@@ -4,11 +4,10 @@ COMMON_CFLAGS += -nostdinc -isystem $(shell $(TARGET_CC) -print-file-name=includ
 
 kernel_img_RELOCATABLE = yes
 pkglib_PROGRAMS = kernel.img
-kernel_img_SOURCES = kern/device.c kern/disk.c kern/dl.c  kern/env.c	\
+kernel_img_SOURCES = kern/device.c kern/disk.c kern/dl.c kern/env.c	\
-	kern/err.c kern/list.c kern/handler.c				\
+	kern/err.c kern/list.c kern/handler.c kern/command.c		\
-	kern/command.c kern/corecmd.c kern/file.c			\
+	kern/corecmd.c kern/file.c kern/fs.c kern/main.c kern/misc.c	\
-	kern/fs.c kern/main.c kern/misc.c kern/parser.c			\
+	kern/parser.c kern/partition.c kern/term.c			\
-	kern/partition.c kern/term.c					\
 	kern/rescue_reader.c kern/rescue_parser.c			\
 	\
 	util/console.c  util/grub-emu.c util/misc.c			\
@@ -47,11 +46,29 @@ endif
 grub_emu_LDFLAGS = $(LIBCURSES)
 
 ifeq ($(enable_grub_emu_usb), yes)
+pkglib_MODULES += libusb.mod
+libusb_mod_SOURCES = util/usb.c
+libusb_mod_CFLAGS = 
+libusb_mod_LDFLAGS = $(COMMON_LDFLAGS)
+
+# For usb.mod
 pkglib_MODULES += usb.mod
-usb_mod_SOURCES = disk/usbms.c util/usb.c bus/usb/usb.c	\
+usb_mod_SOURCES = bus/usb/usb.c
-		commands/usbtest.c
 usb_mod_CFLAGS = $(COMMON_CFLAGS)
 usb_mod_LDFLAGS = $(COMMON_LDFLAGS)
+
+# For usbtest.mod
+pkglib_MODULES += usbtest.mod
+usbtest_mod_SOURCES = commands/usbtest.c
+usbtest_mod_CFLAGS = $(COMMON_CFLAGS)
+usbtest_mod_LDFLAGS = $(COMMON_LDFLAGS)
+
+# For usbms.mod
+pkglib_MODULES += usbms.mod
+usbms_mod_SOURCES = disk/usbms.c
+usbms_mod_CFLAGS = $(COMMON_CFLAGS)
+usbms_mod_LDFLAGS = $(COMMON_LDFLAGS)
+
 grub_emu_LDFLAGS += $(LIBUSB)
 endif
 

conf/common.rmk

@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ util/grub-probe.c_DEPENDENCIES = grub_probe_init.h
 grub_probe_SOURCES = gnulib/progname.c util/grub-probe.c	\
 	util/hostdisk.c	util/misc.c util/getroot.c util/mm.c	\
 	kern/device.c kern/disk.c kern/err.c kern/misc.c	\
-	kern/parser.c kern/partition.c kern/file.c		\
+	kern/parser.c kern/partition.c kern/file.c kern/list.c	\
 	\
 	fs/affs.c fs/cpio.c fs/fat.c fs/ext2.c fs/hfs.c		\
 	fs/hfsplus.c fs/iso9660.c fs/udf.c fs/jfs.c fs/minix.c	\
@@ -35,7 +35,8 @@ grub_probe_SOURCES = gnulib/progname.c util/grub-probe.c	\
 	fs/ufs.c fs/ufs2.c fs/xfs.c fs/afs.c fs/afs_be.c	\
 	fs/befs.c fs/befs_be.c fs/tar.c		\
 	\
-	partmap/msdos.c partmap/apple.c partmap/sun.c partmap/gpt.c\
+	partmap/msdos.c partmap/bsdlabel.c partmap/apple.c \
+	partmap/sun.c partmap/sunpc.c partmap/gpt.c \
 	kern/fs.c kern/env.c fs/fshelp.c			\
 	disk/raid.c disk/mdraid_linux.c disk/lvm.c grub_probe_init.c
 
@@ -55,7 +56,7 @@ grub_mkisofs_SOURCES = util/mkisofs/eltorito.c 				\
 	gnulib/error.c gnulib/progname.c
 grub_mkisofs_CFLAGS = -D_FILE_OFFSET_BITS=64 				\
 	-I$(srcdir)/util/mkisofs/include				\
-	-Wno-all -Werror
+	-Wno-all -Werror $(GNULIB_UTIL_CFLAGS)
 
 # For grub-fstest.
 util/grub-fstest.c_DEPENDENCIES = grub_fstest_init.h
@@ -72,8 +73,8 @@ grub_fstest_SOURCES = gnulib/progname.c util/grub-fstest.c util/hostfs.c \
 	fs/ufs.c fs/ufs2.c fs/xfs.c fs/afs.c fs/afs_be.c fs/befs.c 	\
 	fs/befs_be.c fs/tar.c			\
 	\
-	kern/partition.c partmap/msdos.c partmap/apple.c partmap/sun.c	\
+	kern/partition.c partmap/msdos.c partmap/bsdlabel.c 		\
-	partmap/gpt.c							\
+	partmap/apple.c partmap/sun.c partmap/sunpc.c partmap/gpt.c	\
 	kern/fs.c kern/env.c fs/fshelp.c disk/raid.c			\
 	disk/raid5_recover.c disk/raid6_recover.c 			\
 	disk/mdraid_linux.c disk/dmraid_nvidia.c disk/lvm.c 		\
@@ -94,6 +95,11 @@ grub_mkrelpath_SOURCES = gnulib/progname.c util/grub-mkrelpath.c util/misc.c
 bin_UTILITIES += grub-bin2h
 grub_bin2h_SOURCES = gnulib/progname.c util/bin2h.c
 
+# For the lexer.
+grub_script.yy.c grub_script.yy.h: script/yylex.l
+	$(LEX) -o grub_script.yy.c --header-file=grub_script.yy.h $(srcdir)/script/yylex.l
+DISTCLEANFILES += grub_script.yy.c grub_script.yy.h
+
 # For grub-script-check.
 bin_UTILITIES += grub-script-check
 util/grub-script-check.c_DEPENDENCIES = grub_script_check_init.h
@@ -101,8 +107,9 @@ grub_script_check_SOURCES = gnulib/progname.c gnulib/getdelim.c gnulib/getline.c
 	util/grub-script-check.c util/misc.c util/mm.c \
 	script/main.c script/script.c script/function.c script/lexer.c \
 	kern/handler.c kern/err.c kern/parser.c kern/list.c \
-	kern/misc.c kern/env.c grub_script_check_init.c grub_script.tab.c
+	kern/misc.c kern/env.c grub_script_check_init.c grub_script.tab.c \
-
+	grub_script.yy.c
+grub_script_check_CFLAGS = $(GNULIB_UTIL_CFLAGS)
 MOSTLYCLEANFILES += symlist.c kernel_syms.lst
 DEFSYMFILES += kernel_syms.lst
 
@@ -398,6 +405,16 @@ part_gpt_mod_SOURCES = partmap/gpt.c
 part_gpt_mod_CFLAGS = $(COMMON_CFLAGS)
 part_gpt_mod_LDFLAGS = $(COMMON_LDFLAGS)
 
+pkglib_MODULES += part_bsd.mod
+part_bsd_mod_SOURCES = partmap/bsdlabel.c
+part_bsd_mod_CFLAGS = $(COMMON_CFLAGS)
+part_bsd_mod_LDFLAGS = $(COMMON_LDFLAGS)
+
+pkglib_MODULES += part_sunpc.mod
+part_sunpc_mod_SOURCES = partmap/sunpc.c
+part_sunpc_mod_CFLAGS = $(COMMON_CFLAGS)
+part_sunpc_mod_LDFLAGS = $(COMMON_LDFLAGS)
+
 # Special disk structures and generic drivers
 
 pkglib_MODULES += raid.mod raid5rec.mod raid6rec.mod mdraid.mod dm_nv.mod \
@@ -638,30 +655,32 @@ normal_mod_LDFLAGS = $(COMMON_LDFLAGS)
 
 # For sh.mod.
 sh_mod_SOURCES = script/main.c script/script.c script/execute.c \
-	script/function.c script/lexer.c grub_script.tab.c
+	script/function.c script/lexer.c grub_script.tab.c grub_script.yy.c
-sh_mod_CFLAGS = $(COMMON_CFLAGS)
+sh_mod_CFLAGS = $(COMMON_CFLAGS) $(POSIX_CFLAGS)
 sh_mod_LDFLAGS = $(COMMON_LDFLAGS)
 
+ifneq (, $(FONT_SOURCE))
+font/font.c_DEPENDENCIES = ascii.h
+endif
+
 # Common Video Subsystem specific modules.
-pkglib_MODULES += video.mod videotest.mod bitmap.mod tga.mod jpeg.mod	\
+# On Yeeloong it's part of kernel
-	png.mod	gfxterm.mod video_fb.mod
+ifneq ($(platform), yeeloong)
 
 # For video.mod.
+pkglib_MODULES += video.mod
 video_mod_SOURCES = video/video.c
 video_mod_CFLAGS = $(COMMON_CFLAGS)
 video_mod_LDFLAGS = $(COMMON_LDFLAGS)
 
+pkglib_MODULES += video_fb.mod
 video_fb_mod_SOURCES = video/fb/video_fb.c video/fb/fbblit.c \
 		  video/fb/fbfill.c video/fb/fbutil.c
 video_fb_mod_CFLAGS = $(COMMON_CFLAGS)
 video_fb_mod_LDFLAGS = $(COMMON_LDFLAGS)
 
-# For videotest.mod.
-videotest_mod_SOURCES = commands/videotest.c
-videotest_mod_CFLAGS = $(COMMON_CFLAGS)
-videotest_mod_LDFLAGS = $(COMMON_LDFLAGS)
-
 # For bitmap.mod
+pkglib_MODULES += bitmap.mod
 bitmap_mod_SOURCES = video/bitmap.c
 bitmap_mod_CFLAGS = $(COMMON_CFLAGS)
 bitmap_mod_LDFLAGS = $(COMMON_LDFLAGS)
@@ -672,36 +691,46 @@ bitmap_scale_mod_SOURCES = video/bitmap_scale.c
 bitmap_scale_mod_CFLAGS = $(COMMON_CFLAGS)
 bitmap_scale_mod_LDFLAGS = $(COMMON_LDFLAGS)
 
-# For tga.mod
-tga_mod_SOURCES = video/readers/tga.c
-tga_mod_CFLAGS = $(COMMON_CFLAGS)
-tga_mod_LDFLAGS = $(COMMON_LDFLAGS)
-
-# For jpeg.mod.
-jpeg_mod_SOURCES = video/readers/jpeg.c
-jpeg_mod_CFLAGS = $(COMMON_CFLAGS)
-jpeg_mod_LDFLAGS = $(COMMON_LDFLAGS)
-
-# For png.mod.
-png_mod_SOURCES = video/readers/png.c
-png_mod_CFLAGS = $(COMMON_CFLAGS)
-png_mod_LDFLAGS = $(COMMON_LDFLAGS)
-
 pkglib_MODULES += font.mod
-ifneq (, $(FONT_SOURCE))
-font/font.c_DEPENDENCIES = ascii.h
-endif
 font_mod_SOURCES = font/font_cmd.c font/font.c
 font_mod_CFLAGS = $(COMMON_CFLAGS)
 font_mod_LDFLAGS = $(COMMON_LDFLAGS)
 
 # For gfxterm.mod.
+pkglib_MODULES += gfxterm.mod
 gfxterm_mod_SOURCES = term/gfxterm.c
 gfxterm_mod_CFLAGS = $(COMMON_CFLAGS)
 gfxterm_mod_LDFLAGS = $(COMMON_LDFLAGS)
 
+endif
+
+# For videotest.mod.
+pkglib_MODULES += videotest.mod
+videotest_mod_SOURCES = commands/videotest.c
+videotest_mod_CFLAGS = $(COMMON_CFLAGS)
+videotest_mod_LDFLAGS = $(COMMON_LDFLAGS)
+
+# For tga.mod
+pkglib_MODULES += tga.mod
+tga_mod_SOURCES = video/readers/tga.c
+tga_mod_CFLAGS = $(COMMON_CFLAGS)
+tga_mod_LDFLAGS = $(COMMON_LDFLAGS)
+
+# For jpeg.mod.
+pkglib_MODULES += jpeg.mod
+jpeg_mod_SOURCES = video/readers/jpeg.c
+jpeg_mod_CFLAGS = $(COMMON_CFLAGS)
+jpeg_mod_LDFLAGS = $(COMMON_LDFLAGS)
+
+# For png.mod.
+pkglib_MODULES += png.mod
+png_mod_SOURCES = video/readers/png.c
+png_mod_CFLAGS = $(COMMON_CFLAGS)
+png_mod_LDFLAGS = $(COMMON_LDFLAGS)
+
+
 # Misc.
-pkglib_MODULES += gzio.mod bufio.mod elf.mod
+pkglib_MODULES += gzio.mod elf.mod
 
 # For elf.mod.
 elf_mod_SOURCES = kern/elf.c
@@ -713,10 +742,14 @@ gzio_mod_SOURCES = io/gzio.c
 gzio_mod_CFLAGS = $(COMMON_CFLAGS)
 gzio_mod_LDFLAGS = $(COMMON_LDFLAGS)
 
+# On Yeeloong it's part of kernel
+ifneq ($(platform), yeeloong)
 # For bufio.mod.
+pkglib_MODULES += bufio.mod
 bufio_mod_SOURCES = io/bufio.c
 bufio_mod_CFLAGS = $(COMMON_CFLAGS)
 bufio_mod_LDFLAGS = $(COMMON_LDFLAGS)
+endif
 
 # For gettext.mod.
 pkglib_MODULES += gettext.mod
@@ -754,6 +787,11 @@ charset_mod_SOURCES = lib/charset.c
 charset_mod_CFLAGS = $(COMMON_CFLAGS)
 charset_mod_LDFLAGS = $(COMMON_LDFLAGS)
 
+pkglib_MODULES += regexp.mod
+regexp_mod_SOURCES = gnulib/regex.c commands/regexp.c
+regexp_mod_CFLAGS = $(COMMON_CFLAGS) $(GNULIB_CFLAGS)
+regexp_mod_LDFLAGS = $(COMMON_LDFLAGS)
+
 pkglib_MODULES += terminal.mod
 terminal_mod_SOURCES = commands/terminal.c
 terminal_mod_CFLAGS = $(COMMON_CFLAGS)

conf/i386-pc.rmk

@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ kernel_img_SOURCES = kern/i386/pc/startup.S \
 	term/i386/pc/console.c term/i386/vga_common.c \
 	symlist.c
 kernel_img_HEADERS += machine/biosdisk.h machine/vga.h machine/vbe.h \
-	machine/pxe.h i386/pit.h machine/init.h
+	machine/pxe.h i386/pit.h
 kernel_img_CFLAGS = $(COMMON_CFLAGS)  $(TARGET_IMG_CFLAGS)
 kernel_img_ASFLAGS = $(COMMON_ASFLAGS)
 kernel_img_LDFLAGS = $(COMMON_LDFLAGS) $(TARGET_IMG_LDFLAGS)$(GRUB_KERNEL_MACHINE_LINK_ADDR) $(COMMON_CFLAGS)
@@ -77,15 +77,17 @@ grub_setup_SOURCES = gnulib/progname.c \
 	util/i386/pc/grub-setup.c util/hostdisk.c	\
 	util/misc.c util/getroot.c kern/device.c kern/disk.c	\
 	kern/err.c kern/misc.c kern/parser.c kern/partition.c	\
-	kern/file.c kern/fs.c kern/env.c fs/fshelp.c		\
+	kern/file.c kern/fs.c kern/env.c kern/list.c		\
+	fs/fshelp.c						\
 	\
-	fs/affs.c fs/cpio.c fs/ext2.c fs/fat.c fs/hfs.c		\
+	fs/affs.c fs/cpio.c fs/ext2.c fs/fat.c fs/hfs.c		 \
-	fs/hfsplus.c fs/iso9660.c fs/udf.c fs/jfs.c fs/minix.c	\
+	fs/hfsplus.c fs/iso9660.c fs/udf.c fs/jfs.c fs/minix.c	 \
-	fs/ntfs.c fs/ntfscomp.c fs/reiserfs.c fs/sfs.c		\
+	fs/ntfs.c fs/ntfscomp.c fs/reiserfs.c fs/sfs.c		 \
-	fs/ufs.c fs/ufs2.c fs/xfs.c fs/afs.c fs/afs_be.c	\
+	fs/ufs.c fs/ufs2.c fs/xfs.c fs/afs.c fs/afs_be.c	 \
 	fs/befs.c fs/befs_be.c fs/tar.c			\
 	\
-	partmap/msdos.c partmap/gpt.c				\
+	partmap/msdos.c partmap/bsdlabel.c partmap/sunpc.c	\
+	partmap/gpt.c		\
 	\
 	disk/raid.c disk/mdraid_linux.c disk/lvm.c		\
 	util/raid.c util/lvm.c util/mm.c			\

conf/i386.rmk

@@ -33,17 +33,13 @@ setpci_mod_CFLAGS = $(COMMON_CFLAGS)
 setpci_mod_LDFLAGS = $(COMMON_LDFLAGS)
 
 pkglib_MODULES += multiboot.mod
-multiboot_mod_SOURCES = loader/i386/multiboot.c \
+multiboot_mod_SOURCES = loader/multiboot.c loader/i386/multiboot_mbi.c
-			loader/i386/multiboot_mbi.c \
-                        loader/multiboot_loader.c
 multiboot_mod_CFLAGS = $(COMMON_CFLAGS)
 multiboot_mod_LDFLAGS = $(COMMON_LDFLAGS)
 multiboot_mod_ASFLAGS = $(COMMON_ASFLAGS)
 
 pkglib_MODULES += multiboot2.mod
-multiboot2_mod_SOURCES = loader/i386/multiboot.c \
+multiboot2_mod_SOURCES = loader/multiboot.c loader/multiboot_mbi2.c
-			 loader/i386/multiboot_mbi.c \
-                         loader/multiboot_loader.c
 multiboot2_mod_CFLAGS = $(COMMON_CFLAGS) -DGRUB_USE_MULTIBOOT2
 multiboot2_mod_LDFLAGS = $(COMMON_LDFLAGS)
 multiboot2_mod_ASFLAGS = $(COMMON_ASFLAGS)

conf/mips-yeeloong.rmk

@@ -4,7 +4,8 @@ target_machine=yeeloong
 COMMON_CFLAGS += -march=mips3
 COMMON_ASFLAGS += -march=mips3
 
-kernel_img_HEADERS += pci.h
+kernel_img_HEADERS += pci.h bitmap.h video.h gfxterm.h font.h bitmap_scale.h bufio.h
+
 include $(srcdir)/conf/mips.mk
 
 pkglib_IMAGES = kernel.img
@@ -63,5 +64,11 @@ datetime_mod_SOURCES = lib/cmos_datetime.c
 datetime_mod_CFLAGS = $(COMMON_CFLAGS)
 datetime_mod_LDFLAGS = $(COMMON_LDFLAGS)
 
+pkglib_MODULES += linux.mod
+linux_mod_SOURCES = loader/$(target_cpu)/linux.c
+linux_mod_CFLAGS = $(COMMON_CFLAGS)
+linux_mod_ASFLAGS = $(COMMON_ASFLAGS)
+linux_mod_LDFLAGS = $(COMMON_LDFLAGS)
+
 sbin_SCRIPTS += grub-install
 grub_install_SOURCES = util/grub-install.in

conf/mips.rmk

@@ -30,10 +30,11 @@ relocator_mod_CFLAGS = $(COMMON_CFLAGS)
 relocator_mod_ASFLAGS = $(COMMON_ASFLAGS)
 relocator_mod_LDFLAGS = $(COMMON_LDFLAGS)
 
-pkglib_MODULES += linux.mod
+pkglib_MODULES += multiboot2.mod
-linux_mod_SOURCES = loader/$(target_cpu)/linux.c
+multiboot2_mod_SOURCES = loader/multiboot.c \
-linux_mod_CFLAGS = $(COMMON_CFLAGS)
+			 loader/multiboot_mbi2.c
-linux_mod_ASFLAGS = $(COMMON_ASFLAGS)
+multiboot2_mod_CFLAGS = $(COMMON_CFLAGS) -DGRUB_USE_MULTIBOOT2
-linux_mod_LDFLAGS = $(COMMON_LDFLAGS)
+multiboot2_mod_LDFLAGS = $(COMMON_LDFLAGS)
+multiboot2_mod_ASFLAGS = $(COMMON_ASFLAGS)
 
 include $(srcdir)/conf/common.mk

conf/sparc64-ieee1275.rmk

@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ kernel_img_SOURCES = kern/sparc64/ieee1275/crt0.S kern/ieee1275/cmain.c	\
 	symlist.c kern/$(target_cpu)/cache.S
 kernel_img_CFLAGS = $(COMMON_CFLAGS)
 kernel_img_ASFLAGS = $(COMMON_ASFLAGS)
-kernel_img_LDFLAGS = -Wl,-N,-Ttext,0x200000,-Bstatic,-melf64_sparc -static-libgcc -lgcc
+kernel_img_LDFLAGS = -nostdlib -Wl,-N,-Ttext,0x4400,-Bstatic,-melf64_sparc -static-libgcc -lgcc
 kernel_img_FORMAT = binary
 
 # Utilities.
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ bin_UTILITIES = grub-mkimage
 sbin_UTILITIES = grub-setup grub-ofpathname
 
 # For grub-mkimage.
-grub_mkimage_SOURCES = util/sparc64/ieee1275/grub-mkimage.c util/misc.c \
+grub_mkimage_SOURCES = util/grub-mkrawimage.c util/misc.c \
         util/resolve.c gnulib/progname.c
 
 # For grub-setup.
@@ -52,7 +52,8 @@ util/sparc64/ieee1275/grub-setup.c_DEPENDENCIES = grub_setup_init.h
 grub_setup_SOURCES = util/sparc64/ieee1275/grub-setup.c util/hostdisk.c	\
 	util/misc.c util/getroot.c kern/device.c kern/disk.c	\
 	kern/err.c kern/misc.c kern/parser.c kern/partition.c	\
-	kern/file.c kern/fs.c kern/env.c fs/fshelp.c		\
+	kern/file.c kern/fs.c kern/env.c kern/list.c		\
+	fs/fshelp.c						\
 	\
 	fs/affs.c fs/cpio.c fs/ext2.c fs/fat.c fs/hfs.c		\
 	fs/hfsplus.c fs/iso9660.c fs/udf.c fs/jfs.c fs/minix.c	\
@@ -60,8 +61,8 @@ grub_setup_SOURCES = util/sparc64/ieee1275/grub-setup.c util/hostdisk.c	\
 	fs/ufs.c fs/ufs2.c fs/xfs.c fs/afs.c fs/afs_be.c	\
 	fs/befs.c fs/befs_be.c fs/tar.c			\
 	\
-	partmap/amiga.c	partmap/apple.c partmap/msdos.c		\
+	partmap/amiga.c	partmap/apple.c partmap/msdos.c 	\
-	partmap/sun.c partmap/acorn.c				\
+	partmap/bsdlabel.c partmap/sun.c partmap/acorn.c	\
 	\
 	disk/raid.c disk/mdraid_linux.c disk/lvm.c		\
 	util/raid.c util/lvm.c util/mm.c gnulib/progname.c	\

conf/tests.rmk

@@ -37,12 +37,49 @@ example_scripted_test_SOURCES = tests/example_scripted_test.in
 check_SCRIPTS += example_grub_script_test
 example_grub_script_test_SOURCES = tests/example_grub_script_test.in
 
+#
+# Rules for real tests
+#
+
+check_SCRIPTS += grub_script_echo1
+grub_script_echo1_SOURCES = tests/grub_script_echo1.in
+
+check_SCRIPTS += grub_script_echo_keywords
+grub_script_echo_keywords_SOURCES = tests/grub_script_echo_keywords.in
+
+check_SCRIPTS += grub_script_vars1
+grub_script_vars1_SOURCES = tests/grub_script_vars1.in
+
+check_SCRIPTS += grub_script_for1
+grub_script_for1_SOURCES = tests/grub_script_for1.in
+
+check_SCRIPTS += grub_script_while1
+grub_script_while1_SOURCES = tests/grub_script_while1.in
+
+check_SCRIPTS += grub_script_if
+grub_script_if_SOURCES = tests/grub_script_if.in
+
+check_SCRIPTS += grub_script_blanklines
+grub_script_blanklines_SOURCES = tests/grub_script_blanklines.in
+
+check_SCRIPTS += grub_script_final_semicolon
+grub_script_final_semicolon_SOURCES = tests/grub_script_final_semicolon.in
 
 # List of tests to execute on "make check"
-SCRIPTED_TESTS    = example_scripted_test
+# SCRIPTED_TESTS    = example_scripted_test
-SCRIPTED_TESTS   += example_grub_script_test
+# SCRIPTED_TESTS   += example_grub_script_test
-UNIT_TESTS        = example_unit_test
+# UNIT_TESTS        = example_unit_test
-FUNCTIONAL_TESTS  = example_functional_test.mod
+# FUNCTIONAL_TESTS  = example_functional_test.mod
+
+SCRIPTED_TESTS  = grub_script_echo1
+SCRIPTED_TESTS += grub_script_echo_keywords
+SCRIPTED_TESTS += grub_script_vars1
+SCRIPTED_TESTS += grub_script_for1
+SCRIPTED_TESTS += grub_script_while1
+SCRIPTED_TESTS += grub_script_if
+SCRIPTED_TESTS += grub_script_blanklines
+SCRIPTED_TESTS += grub_script_final_semicolon
+
 
 # dependencies between tests and testing-tools
 $(SCRIPTED_TESTS): grub-shell grub-shell-tester

configure.ac

@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ dnl (such as TARGET_CC, TARGET_CFLAGS, etc.) are used for the target
 dnl type.
 
 
-AC_INIT([GRUB],[1.97],[bug-grub@gnu.org])
+AC_INIT([GRUB],[1.98],[bug-grub@gnu.org])
 AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE()
 AC_PREREQ(2.60)
 AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR([include/grub/dl.h])
@@ -51,6 +51,7 @@ fi
 
 case "$target_cpu" in
   i[[3456]]86)	target_cpu=i386 ;;
+  amd64)	target_cpu=x86_64 ;;
   sparc)	target_cpu=sparc64 ;;
   mipsel|mips64el)
                 target_cpu=mips;    
@@ -139,9 +140,14 @@ case "$platform" in
   qemu)		machine_CFLAGS="-DGRUB_MACHINE_QEMU=1" ;;
   pc)		machine_CFLAGS="-DGRUB_MACHINE_PCBIOS=1" ;;
   emu)		machine_CFLAGS="-DGRUB_MACHINE_EMU=1" ;;
-  yeeloong)	machine_CFLAGS="-DGRUB_MACHINE_MIPS_YEELOONG=1 -DGRUB_MACHINE_MIPS=1 -DGRUB_MACHINE_MIPS_BONITO=1" ;;
+  yeeloong)	machine_CFLAGS="-DGRUB_MACHINE_MIPS_YEELOONG=1 -DGRUB_MACHINE_MIPS_BONITO=1" ;;
-  qemu-mips)	machine_CFLAGS="-DGRUB_MACHINE_MIPS_QEMU_MIPS=1 -DGRUB_MACHINE_MIPS=1 -DGRUB_MACHINE_MIPS_BONITO=1" ;;
+  qemu-mips)	machine_CFLAGS="-DGRUB_MACHINE_MIPS_QEMU_MIPS=1 -DGRUB_MACHINE_MIPS_BONITO=1" ;;
 esac
+case "$target_cpu" in
+  mips)      	machine_CFLAGS="$machine_CFLAGS -DGRUB_MACHINE_MIPS=1" ;;
+  sparc64)      machine_CFLAGS="$machine_CFLAGS -DGRUB_MACHINE_SPARC64=1" ;;
+esac
+
 CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $machine_CFLAGS"
 TARGET_ASFLAGS="$TARGET_ASFLAGS $machine_CFLAGS"
 TARGET_CFLAGS="$TARGET_CFLAGS $machine_CFLAGS"
@@ -164,6 +170,11 @@ if test "x$CMP" = x; then
   AC_MSG_ERROR([cmp is not found])
 fi
 
+AC_CHECK_PROGS([LEX], [flex])
+if test "x$LEX" = x; then
+  AC_MSG_ERROR([flex is not found])
+fi
+
 AC_CHECK_PROGS([YACC], [bison])
 if test "x$YACC" = x; then
   AC_MSG_ERROR([bison is not found])
@@ -519,6 +530,21 @@ enable_efiemu=no
 fi
 AC_SUBST([enable_efiemu])
 
+if test "$platform" != emu; then
+AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether -nostdinc -isystem works], [grub_cv_cc_isystem], [
+  SAVED_CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS"
+  CPPFLAGS="$TARGET_CPPFLAGS -nostdinc -isystem `$TARGET_CC -print-file-name=include`"
+  AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[#include <stdarg.h>
+int va_arg_func (int fixed, va_list args);]], [[]])],
+      [grub_cv_cc_isystem=yes],
+      [grub_cv_cc_isystem=no])
+  CPPFLAGS="$SAVED_CPPFLAGS"
+])
+
+if test x"$grub_cv_cc_isystem" = xyes ; then
+  TARGET_CPPFLAGS="$TARGET_CPPFLAGS -nostdinc -isystem `$TARGET_CC -print-file-name=include`"
+fi
+fi
 
 # Restore the flags.
 CC="$tmp_CC"
@@ -693,6 +719,16 @@ if test x"$grub_mkfont_excuse" = x ; then
   freetype_cflags=`freetype-config --cflags`
   freetype_libs=`freetype-config --libs`
 fi
+
+if test x"$grub_mkfont_excuse" = x ; then
+  # Check for freetype libraries.
+  SAVED_CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS"
+  CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS $freetype_cflags"
+  AC_CHECK_HEADERS([ft2build.h], [],
+  	[grub_mkfont_excuse=["need freetype2 headers"]])
+  CPPFLAGS="$SAVED_CPPFLAGS"
+fi
+
 if test x"$enable_grub_mkfont" = xyes && test x"$grub_mkfont_excuse" != x ; then
   AC_MSG_ERROR([grub-mkfont was explicitly requested but can't be compiled])
 fi

disk/efi/efidisk.c

@@ -825,7 +825,7 @@ grub_efidisk_get_device_name (grub_efi_handle_t *handle)
 	  if (! disk)
 	    return 1;
 
-	  if (disk->id == GRUB_DISK_DEVICE_EFIDISK_ID)
+	  if (disk->dev->id == GRUB_DISK_DEVICE_EFIDISK_ID)
 	    {
 	      struct grub_efidisk_data *d;
 

disk/ieee1275/ofdisk.c

@@ -172,16 +172,6 @@ grub_ofdisk_open (const char *name, grub_disk_t disk)
 
   grub_dprintf ("disk", "Opening `%s'.\n", op->devpath);
 
-  grub_ieee1275_open (op->devpath, &dev_ihandle);
-  if (! dev_ihandle)
-    {
-      grub_error (GRUB_ERR_UNKNOWN_DEVICE, "can't open device");
-      goto fail;
-    }
-
-  grub_dprintf ("disk", "Opened `%s' as handle %p.\n", op->devpath,
-		(void *) (unsigned long) dev_ihandle);
-
   if (grub_ieee1275_finddevice (op->devpath, &dev))
     {
       grub_error (GRUB_ERR_UNKNOWN_DEVICE, "can't read device properties");
@@ -201,6 +191,16 @@ grub_ofdisk_open (const char *name, grub_disk_t disk)
       goto fail;
     }
 
+  grub_ieee1275_open (op->devpath, &dev_ihandle);
+  if (! dev_ihandle)
+    {
+      grub_error (GRUB_ERR_UNKNOWN_DEVICE, "can't open device");
+      goto fail;
+    }
+
+  grub_dprintf ("disk", "Opened `%s' as handle %p.\n", op->devpath,
+		(void *) (unsigned long) dev_ihandle);
+
   /* XXX: There is no property to read the number of blocks.  There
      should be a property `#blocks', but it is not there.  Perhaps it
      is possible to use seek for this.  */
@@ -234,14 +234,10 @@ grub_ofdisk_read (grub_disk_t disk, grub_disk_addr_t sector,
   grub_ssize_t status, actual;
   unsigned long long pos;
 
-  grub_dprintf ("disk",
-		"Reading handle %p: sector 0x%llx, size 0x%lx, buf %p.\n",
-		(void *) disk->data, (long long) sector, (long) size, buf);
-
   pos = sector * 512UL;
 
   grub_ieee1275_seek ((grub_ieee1275_ihandle_t) (unsigned long) disk->data,
-		      (int) (pos >> 32), (int) pos & 0xFFFFFFFFUL, &status);
+		      pos, &status);
   if (status < 0)
     return grub_error (GRUB_ERR_READ_ERROR,
 		       "seek error, can't seek block %llu",

disk/scsi.c

@@ -208,12 +208,14 @@ grub_scsi_iterate (int (*hook) (const char *name))
       for (i = 0; i < luns; i++)
 	{
 	  char *sname;
+	  int ret;
 	  sname = grub_xasprintf ("%s%c", name, 'a' + i);
 	  if (!sname)
 	    return 1;
-	  if (hook (sname))
+	  ret = hook (sname);
-	    return 1;
 	  grub_free (sname);
+	  if (ret)
+	    return 1;
 	}
       return 0;
     }

docs/gfxmenu-theme-example.txt

@@ -1,128 +0,0 @@
-# GRUB gfxmenu theme "winter".
-# Uses background image from:
-# http://www.cyberpunkcafe.com/e107_plugins/autogallery/autogallery.php?show=1.Open%20Source%20Wallpaper
-# "without-leaves.png" was called "Without Leafs in Winter.png"
-
-lua-script: "winter.lua"
-title-text: ""
-title-font: "Helvetica Bold 18"
-status-font: "Helvetica 8"
-terminal-font: "Fixed 9"
-title-color: "40, 40, 40"
-status-color: "#FFF"
-status-bg-color: "0, 166, 183, 128"
-desktop-image: "without-leaves.png"
-desktop-color: "0, 154, 183"
-terminal-box: "terminal_*.png"
-
-+ boot_menu {
-   position = (120, 60)
-   preferred_size = (400, -1)
-   item_font = "Helvetica Bold 14"
-   selected_item_font = "Helvetica Bold 14"
-   item_color = "0, 0, 0"
-   selected_item_color = "203, 251, 255"
-   menu_pixmap_style = "menu_*.png"
-   selected_item_pixmap_style = "select_*.png"
-   icon_width = 44
-   icon_height = 44
-   item_height = 32
-   item_padding = 0
-   item_icon_space = 3
-   item_spacing = 11
-}
-
-# You can add text at arbitrary locations on the screen.
-# The specification within the "+label {...}" block is free-form,
-# so you can use as much or as little white space as you like.
-
-+ label {
-   position = (170, 50)
-   font = "smoothansi 13"
-   color = "0,0,128"
-   text = "This is the Winter theme ... brought to you by GRUB!"
-}
-
-# Show the text alignment supported by labels.
-+ vbox {
-   position = (220, 347)
-   preferred_size = (200, -1)     # A preferred size of -1 means automatic.
-   + label { text="Text alignment demo" align="center" font="aqui 11" }
-   + label { text="Left" align="left" font="cure 11" }
-   + label { text="Center" align="center" font="cure 11" }
-   + label { text="Right" align="right" font="cure 11" }
-}
-
-+ vbox {
-   position = (580, 10)
-   + label { text="GNU" font="gelly 11" color="0, 0, 0" }
-   + label { text="GRUB" font="aqui 11" color="0, 0, 0" }
-   + label { text="boot loader" font="cure 11" color="0, 0, 0" }
-}
-
-+ hbox {
-   position = (80, 10)
-   + label { text="GNU" font="gelly 11" color="0, 0, 0" }
-   + label { text="GRUB" font="aqui 11" color="0, 0, 0" }
-   + label { text="boot loader" font="cure 11" color="0, 0, 0" }
-}
-
-# Demonstration of a compound layout: boxes within boxes.
-+ hbox
-{
-   position = (480, 3)
-
-   + vbox
-   {
-      # Note: We can't just use 'size' to set the image's size,
-      #       since the vbox will resize the component according to its
-      #       preferred size, which for images is the native image size.
-
-      + image { file="/boot/grub/themes/icons/ubuntu.png"
-                preferred_size = (20, 20) }
-      + image { file="/boot/grub/themes/icons/gentoo.png"
-                preferred_size = (20, 20) }
-   }
-
-   + vbox
-   {
-      + label { text="GRand" font="cure 11" color=#99F }
-      + label { text="Unified" font="cure 11" color=#BBF }
-      + label { text="Bootloader" font="cure 11" color=#DDF }
-   }
-}
-
-# By defining a 'progress_bar' type component with an ID of '__timeout__',
-# the progress bar will be used to display the time remaining before an
-# the default entry is automatically booted.
-+ progress_bar
-{
-   id = "__timeout__"
-   position = (80, 393)
-   preferred_size = (500, 24)
-   font = "cure 11"
-   text_color = #000
-   fg_color = #CCF
-   bg_color = #66B
-   border_color = #006
-   show_text = false
-}
-
-# Although the progress_bar component is normally used to indicate the
-# time remaining, it's also possible to create other components with an ID
-# of '__timeout__'.  All components with and ID of 'timeout_bar' will have
-# the following properties set based on the timeout value:
-#   text, value, start, end, visible.
-# In this case, we have set 'show_text=false' on the progress bar, and use
-# the following label's 'text' property to display the message.
-+ label
-{
-   id = "__timeout__"
-   position = (80, 420)
-   preferred_size = (500, 24)
-   font = "lime 11"
-   color = #117
-   align = "center"
-}
-
-

docs/grub.texi

@@ -1126,6 +1126,7 @@ you forget a command, you can run the command @command{help}
 * insmod::                      Insert a module
 * keystatus::                   Check key modifier status
 * ls::                          List devices or files
+* play::                        Play a tune
 * reboot::                      Reboot your computer
 * set::                         Set an environment variable
 * unset::                       Unset an environment variable
@@ -1364,6 +1365,24 @@ name syntax}), then list the contents of that directory.
 @end deffn
 
 
+@node play
+@subsection play
+
+@deffn Command play file | tempo [pitch1 duration1] [pitch2 duration2] ...
+Plays a tune
+
+If the argument is a file name (@pxref{File name syntax}), play the tune
+recorded in it.  The file format is first the tempo as an unsigned 32bit
+little-endian number, then pairs of unsigned 16bit little-endian numbers for
+pitch and duration pairs.
+
+If the arguments are a series of numbers, play the inline tune.
+
+The tempo is the base for all note durations. 60 gives a 1-second base, 120
+gives a half-second base, etc.  Pitches are Hz.
+@end deffn
+
+
 @node reboot
 @subsection reboot
 

font/font.c

@@ -91,25 +91,24 @@ struct font_file_section
 };
 
 /* Replace unknown glyphs with a rounded question mark.  */
-static grub_uint8_t unknown_glyph_bitmap[] =
+static grub_uint8_t unknown_glyph_bitmap[] = {
-{
+  /*                               76543210 */
-  /*       76543210 */
+  0x7C,				/*  ooooo   */
-  0x7C, /*  ooooo   */
+  0x82,				/* o     o  */
-  0x82, /* o     o  */
+  0xBA,				/* o ooo o  */
-  0xBA, /* o ooo o  */
+  0xAA,				/* o o o o  */
-  0xAA, /* o o o o  */
+  0xAA,				/* o o o o  */
-  0xAA, /* o o o o  */
+  0x8A,				/* o   o o  */
-  0x8A, /* o   o o  */
+  0x9A,				/* o  oo o  */
-  0x9A, /* o  oo o  */
+  0x92,				/* o  o  o  */
-  0x92, /* o  o  o  */
+  0x92,				/* o  o  o  */
-  0x92, /* o  o  o  */
+  0x92,				/* o  o  o  */
-  0x92, /* o  o  o  */
+  0x92,				/* o  o  o  */
-  0x92, /* o  o  o  */
+  0x82,				/* o     o  */
-  0x82, /* o     o  */
+  0x92,				/* o  o  o  */
-  0x92, /* o  o  o  */
+  0x82,				/* o     o  */
-  0x82, /* o     o  */
+  0x7C,				/*  ooooo   */
-  0x7C, /*  ooooo   */
+  0x00				/*          */
-  0x00  /*          */
 };
 
 /* The "unknown glyph" glyph, used as a last resort.  */
@@ -130,7 +129,7 @@ static struct grub_font_glyph *ascii_font_glyph[0x80];
 static struct grub_font_glyph *
 ascii_glyph_lookup (grub_uint32_t code)
 {
-#ifdef USE_ASCII_FAILBACK 
+#ifdef USE_ASCII_FAILBACK
   static int ascii_failback_initialized = 0;
 
   if (code >= 0x80)
@@ -140,14 +139,14 @@ ascii_glyph_lookup (grub_uint32_t code)
     {
       int current;
       for (current = 0; current < 0x80; current++)
-        {
+	{
-	  ascii_font_glyph[current] = grub_malloc(sizeof(struct grub_font_glyph)
+	  ascii_font_glyph[current] =
-	  			+ ASCII_BITMAP_SIZE);
+	    grub_malloc (sizeof (struct grub_font_glyph) + ASCII_BITMAP_SIZE);
 
-          ascii_font_glyph[current]->width = 8;
+	  ascii_font_glyph[current]->width = 8;
-          ascii_font_glyph[current]->height = 16; 
+	  ascii_font_glyph[current]->height = 16;
-          ascii_font_glyph[current]->offset_x = 0; 
+	  ascii_font_glyph[current]->offset_x = 0;
-          ascii_font_glyph[current]->offset_y = -2; 
+	  ascii_font_glyph[current]->offset_y = -2;
 	  ascii_font_glyph[current]->device_width = 8;
 
 	  grub_memcpy (ascii_font_glyph[current]->bitmap,
@@ -173,9 +172,9 @@ grub_font_loader_init (void)
     return;
 
   /* Make glyph for unknown glyph.  */
-  unknown_glyph = grub_malloc(sizeof(struct grub_font_glyph)
+  unknown_glyph = grub_malloc (sizeof (struct grub_font_glyph)
-                              + sizeof(unknown_glyph_bitmap));
+			       + sizeof (unknown_glyph_bitmap));
-  if (! unknown_glyph)
+  if (!unknown_glyph)
     return;
 
   unknown_glyph->width = 8;
@@ -183,13 +182,13 @@ grub_font_loader_init (void)
   unknown_glyph->offset_x = 0;
   unknown_glyph->offset_y = -3;
   unknown_glyph->device_width = 8;
-  grub_memcpy(unknown_glyph->bitmap,
+  grub_memcpy (unknown_glyph->bitmap,
-              unknown_glyph_bitmap, sizeof(unknown_glyph_bitmap));
+	       unknown_glyph_bitmap, sizeof (unknown_glyph_bitmap));
 
   /* Initialize the null font.  */
   font_init (&null_font);
   null_font.name = "<No Font>";
-  null_font.ascent = unknown_glyph->height-3;
+  null_font.ascent = unknown_glyph->height - 3;
   null_font.descent = 3;
   null_font.max_char_width = unknown_glyph->width;
   null_font.max_char_height = unknown_glyph->height;
@@ -247,7 +246,7 @@ open_section (grub_file_t file, struct font_file_section *section)
   else if (retval < 0)
     {
       grub_error (GRUB_ERR_BAD_FONT,
-                  "font format error: can't read section name");
+		  "font format error: can't read section name");
       return 1;
     }
 
@@ -262,7 +261,7 @@ open_section (grub_file_t file, struct font_file_section *section)
   else if (retval < 0)
     {
       grub_error (GRUB_ERR_BAD_FONT,
-                  "font format error: can't read section length");
+		  "font format error: can't read section length");
       return 1;
     }
 
@@ -283,22 +282,22 @@ open_section (grub_file_t file, struct font_file_section *section)
    grub_errno is set appropriately).  */
 static int
 load_font_index (grub_file_t file, grub_uint32_t sect_length, struct
-                 grub_font *font)
+		 grub_font *font)
 {
   unsigned i;
   grub_uint32_t last_code;
 
 #if FONT_DEBUG >= 2
-  grub_printf("load_font_index(sect_length=%d)\n", sect_length);
+  grub_printf ("load_font_index(sect_length=%d)\n", sect_length);
 #endif
 
   /* Sanity check: ensure section length is divisible by the entry size.  */
   if ((sect_length % FONT_CHAR_INDEX_ENTRY_SIZE) != 0)
     {
       grub_error (GRUB_ERR_BAD_FONT,
-                  "font file format error: character index length %d "
+		  "font file format error: character index length %d "
-                  "is not a multiple of the entry size %d",
+		  "is not a multiple of the entry size %d",
-                  sect_length, FONT_CHAR_INDEX_ENTRY_SIZE);
+		  sect_length, FONT_CHAR_INDEX_ENTRY_SIZE);
       return 1;
     }
 
@@ -307,11 +306,11 @@ load_font_index (grub_file_t file, grub_uint32_t sect_length, struct
 
   /* Allocate the character index array.  */
   font->char_index = grub_malloc (font->num_chars
-                                  * sizeof (struct char_index_entry));
+				  * sizeof (struct char_index_entry));
-  if (! font->char_index)
+  if (!font->char_index)
     return 1;
   font->bmp_idx = grub_malloc (0x10000 * sizeof (grub_uint16_t));
-  if (! font->bmp_idx)
+  if (!font->bmp_idx)
     {
       grub_free (font->char_index);
       return 1;
@@ -320,7 +319,7 @@ load_font_index (grub_file_t file, grub_uint32_t sect_length, struct
 
 
 #if FONT_DEBUG >= 2
-  grub_printf("num_chars=%d)\n", font->num_chars);
+  grub_printf ("num_chars=%d)\n", font->num_chars);
 #endif
 
   last_code = 0;
@@ -332,17 +331,17 @@ load_font_index (grub_file_t file, grub_uint32_t sect_length, struct
 
       /* Read code point value; convert to native byte order.  */
       if (grub_file_read (file, &entry->code, 4) != 4)
-        return 1;
+	return 1;
       entry->code = grub_be_to_cpu32 (entry->code);
 
       /* Verify that characters are in ascending order.  */
       if (i != 0 && entry->code <= last_code)
-        {
+	{
-          grub_error (GRUB_ERR_BAD_FONT,
+	  grub_error (GRUB_ERR_BAD_FONT,
-                      "font characters not in ascending order: %u <= %u",
+		      "font characters not in ascending order: %u <= %u",
-                      entry->code, last_code);
+		      entry->code, last_code);
-          return 1;
+	  return 1;
-        }
+	}
 
       if (entry->code < 0x10000)
 	font->bmp_idx[entry->code] = i;
@@ -351,11 +350,11 @@ load_font_index (grub_file_t file, grub_uint32_t sect_length, struct
 
       /* Read storage flags byte.  */
       if (grub_file_read (file, &entry->storage_flags, 1) != 1)
-        return 1;
+	return 1;
 
       /* Read glyph data offset; convert to native byte order.  */
       if (grub_file_read (file, &entry->offset, 4) != 4)
-        return 1;
+	return 1;
       entry->offset = grub_be_to_cpu32 (entry->offset);
 
       /* No glyph loaded.  Will be loaded on demand and cached thereafter.  */
@@ -364,7 +363,7 @@ load_font_index (grub_file_t file, grub_uint32_t sect_length, struct
 #if FONT_DEBUG >= 5
       /* Print the 1st 10 characters.  */
       if (i < 10)
-        grub_printf("c=%d o=%d\n", entry->code, entry->offset);
+	grub_printf ("c=%d o=%d\n", entry->code, entry->offset);
 #endif
     }
 
@@ -380,7 +379,7 @@ read_section_as_string (struct font_file_section *section)
   grub_ssize_t ret;
 
   str = grub_malloc (section->length + 1);
-  if (! str)
+  if (!str)
     return 0;
 
   ret = grub_file_read (section->file, str, section->length);
@@ -398,18 +397,18 @@ read_section_as_string (struct font_file_section *section)
    which is stored into *VALUE.
    Returns 0 upon success, nonzero upon failure.  */
 static int
-read_section_as_short (struct font_file_section *section, grub_int16_t *value)
+read_section_as_short (struct font_file_section *section,
+		       grub_int16_t * value)
 {
   grub_uint16_t raw_value;
 
   if (section->length != 2)
     {
       grub_error (GRUB_ERR_BAD_FONT,
-                  "font file format error: section %c%c%c%c length "
+		  "font file format error: section %c%c%c%c length "
-                  "is %d but should be 2",
+		  "is %d but should be 2",
-                  section->name[0], section->name[1],
+		  section->name[0], section->name[1],
-                  section->name[2], section->name[3],
+		  section->name[2], section->name[3], section->length);
-                  section->length);
       return 1;
     }
   if (grub_file_read (section->file, &raw_value, 2) != 2)
@@ -430,7 +429,7 @@ grub_font_load (const char *filename)
   grub_font_t font = 0;
 
 #if FONT_DEBUG >= 1
-  grub_printf("add_font(%s)\n", filename);
+  grub_printf ("add_font(%s)\n", filename);
 #endif
 
   file = grub_buffile_open (filename, 1024);
@@ -438,7 +437,7 @@ grub_font_load (const char *filename)
     goto fail;
 
 #if FONT_DEBUG >= 3
-  grub_printf("file opened\n");
+  grub_printf ("file opened\n");
 #endif
 
   /* Read the FILE section.  It indicates the file format.  */
@@ -446,159 +445,166 @@ grub_font_load (const char *filename)
     goto fail;
 
 #if FONT_DEBUG >= 3
-  grub_printf("opened FILE section\n");
+  grub_printf ("opened FILE section\n");
 #endif
   if (grub_memcmp (section.name, FONT_FORMAT_SECTION_NAMES_FILE,
-  		   sizeof(FONT_FORMAT_SECTION_NAMES_FILE) - 1) != 0)
+		   sizeof (FONT_FORMAT_SECTION_NAMES_FILE) - 1) != 0)
     {
       grub_error (GRUB_ERR_BAD_FONT,
-                  "font file format error: 1st section must be FILE");
+		  "font file format error: 1st section must be FILE");
       goto fail;
     }
 
 #if FONT_DEBUG >= 3
-  grub_printf("section name ok\n");
+  grub_printf ("section name ok\n");
 #endif
   if (section.length != 4)
     {
       grub_error (GRUB_ERR_BAD_FONT,
-                  "font file format error (file type ID length is %d "
+		  "font file format error (file type ID length is %d "
-                  "but should be 4)", section.length);
+		  "but should be 4)", section.length);
       goto fail;
     }
 
 #if FONT_DEBUG >= 3
-  grub_printf("section length ok\n");
+  grub_printf ("section length ok\n");
 #endif
   /* Check the file format type code.  */
   if (grub_file_read (file, magic, 4) != 4)
     goto fail;
 
 #if FONT_DEBUG >= 3
-  grub_printf("read magic ok\n");
+  grub_printf ("read magic ok\n");
 #endif
 
   if (grub_memcmp (magic, FONT_FORMAT_PFF2_MAGIC, 4) != 0)
     {
       grub_error (GRUB_ERR_BAD_FONT, "invalid font magic %x %x %x %x",
-                  magic[0], magic[1], magic[2], magic[3]);
+		  magic[0], magic[1], magic[2], magic[3]);
       goto fail;
     }
 
 #if FONT_DEBUG >= 3
-  grub_printf("compare magic ok\n");
+  grub_printf ("compare magic ok\n");
 #endif
 
   /* Allocate the font object.  */
   font = (grub_font_t) grub_malloc (sizeof (struct grub_font));
-  if (! font)
+  if (!font)
     goto fail;
 
   font_init (font);
   font->file = file;
 
 #if FONT_DEBUG >= 3
-  grub_printf("allocate font ok; loading font info\n");
+  grub_printf ("allocate font ok; loading font info\n");
 #endif
 
   /* Load the font information.  */
   while (1)
     {
       if (open_section (file, &section) != 0)
-        {
+	{
-          if (section.eof)
+	  if (section.eof)
-            break;              /* Done reading the font file.  */
+	    break;		/* Done reading the font file.  */
-          else
+	  else
-            goto fail;
+	    goto fail;
-        }
+	}
 
 #if FONT_DEBUG >= 2
-      grub_printf("opened section %c%c%c%c ok\n",
+      grub_printf ("opened section %c%c%c%c ok\n",
-                  section.name[0], section.name[1],
+		   section.name[0], section.name[1],
-                  section.name[2], section.name[3]);
+		   section.name[2], section.name[3]);
 #endif
 
       if (grub_memcmp (section.name, FONT_FORMAT_SECTION_NAMES_FONT_NAME,
-      		       sizeof(FONT_FORMAT_SECTION_NAMES_FONT_NAME) - 1) == 0)
+		       sizeof (FONT_FORMAT_SECTION_NAMES_FONT_NAME) - 1) == 0)
-        {
+	{
-          font->name = read_section_as_string (&section);
+	  font->name = read_section_as_string (&section);
-          if (!font->name)
+	  if (!font->name)
-            goto fail;
+	    goto fail;
-        }
+	}
       else if (grub_memcmp (section.name,
-      			    FONT_FORMAT_SECTION_NAMES_POINT_SIZE,
+			    FONT_FORMAT_SECTION_NAMES_POINT_SIZE,
-			    sizeof(FONT_FORMAT_SECTION_NAMES_POINT_SIZE) - 1) == 0)
+			    sizeof (FONT_FORMAT_SECTION_NAMES_POINT_SIZE) -
-        {
+			    1) == 0)
-          if (read_section_as_short (&section, &font->point_size) != 0)
+	{
-            goto fail;
+	  if (read_section_as_short (&section, &font->point_size) != 0)
-        }
+	    goto fail;
+	}
       else if (grub_memcmp (section.name, FONT_FORMAT_SECTION_NAMES_WEIGHT,
-      			    sizeof(FONT_FORMAT_SECTION_NAMES_WEIGHT) - 1) == 0)
+			    sizeof (FONT_FORMAT_SECTION_NAMES_WEIGHT) - 1)
-        {
+	       == 0)
-          char *wt;
+	{
-          wt = read_section_as_string (&section);
+	  char *wt;
-          if (!wt)
+	  wt = read_section_as_string (&section);
-            continue;
+	  if (!wt)
-          /* Convert the weight string 'normal' or 'bold' into a number.  */
+	    continue;
-          if (grub_strcmp (wt, "normal") == 0)
+	  /* Convert the weight string 'normal' or 'bold' into a number.  */
-            font->weight = FONT_WEIGHT_NORMAL;
+	  if (grub_strcmp (wt, "normal") == 0)
-          else if (grub_strcmp (wt, "bold") == 0)
+	    font->weight = FONT_WEIGHT_NORMAL;
-            font->weight = FONT_WEIGHT_BOLD;
+	  else if (grub_strcmp (wt, "bold") == 0)
-          grub_free (wt);
+	    font->weight = FONT_WEIGHT_BOLD;
-        }
+	  grub_free (wt);
+	}
       else if (grub_memcmp (section.name,
-      	       FONT_FORMAT_SECTION_NAMES_MAX_CHAR_WIDTH,
+			    FONT_FORMAT_SECTION_NAMES_MAX_CHAR_WIDTH,
-	       sizeof(FONT_FORMAT_SECTION_NAMES_MAX_CHAR_WIDTH) - 1) == 0)
+			    sizeof (FONT_FORMAT_SECTION_NAMES_MAX_CHAR_WIDTH)
-        {
+			    - 1) == 0)
-          if (read_section_as_short (&section, &font->max_char_width) != 0)
+	{
-            goto fail;
+	  if (read_section_as_short (&section, &font->max_char_width) != 0)
-        }
+	    goto fail;
+	}
       else if (grub_memcmp (section.name,
-      	       FONT_FORMAT_SECTION_NAMES_MAX_CHAR_HEIGHT,
+			    FONT_FORMAT_SECTION_NAMES_MAX_CHAR_HEIGHT,
-	       sizeof(FONT_FORMAT_SECTION_NAMES_MAX_CHAR_HEIGHT) - 1) == 0)
+			    sizeof (FONT_FORMAT_SECTION_NAMES_MAX_CHAR_HEIGHT)
-        {
+			    - 1) == 0)
-          if (read_section_as_short (&section, &font->max_char_height) != 0)
+	{
-            goto fail;
+	  if (read_section_as_short (&section, &font->max_char_height) != 0)
-        }
+	    goto fail;
+	}
       else if (grub_memcmp (section.name,
-      	       FONT_FORMAT_SECTION_NAMES_ASCENT,
+			    FONT_FORMAT_SECTION_NAMES_ASCENT,
-	       sizeof(FONT_FORMAT_SECTION_NAMES_ASCENT) - 1) == 0)
+			    sizeof (FONT_FORMAT_SECTION_NAMES_ASCENT) - 1)
-        {
+	       == 0)
-          if (read_section_as_short (&section, &font->ascent) != 0)
+	{
-            goto fail;
+	  if (read_section_as_short (&section, &font->ascent) != 0)
-        }
+	    goto fail;
+	}
       else if (grub_memcmp (section.name, FONT_FORMAT_SECTION_NAMES_DESCENT,
-      			    sizeof(FONT_FORMAT_SECTION_NAMES_DESCENT) - 1) == 0)
+			    sizeof (FONT_FORMAT_SECTION_NAMES_DESCENT) - 1)
-        {
+	       == 0)
-          if (read_section_as_short (&section, &font->descent) != 0)
+	{
-            goto fail;
+	  if (read_section_as_short (&section, &font->descent) != 0)
-        }
+	    goto fail;
+	}
       else if (grub_memcmp (section.name,
-      			    FONT_FORMAT_SECTION_NAMES_CHAR_INDEX,
+			    FONT_FORMAT_SECTION_NAMES_CHAR_INDEX,
-			    sizeof(FONT_FORMAT_SECTION_NAMES_CHAR_INDEX) - 1) == 0)
+			    sizeof (FONT_FORMAT_SECTION_NAMES_CHAR_INDEX) -
-        {
+			    1) == 0)
-          if (load_font_index (file, section.length, font) != 0)
+	{
-            goto fail;
+	  if (load_font_index (file, section.length, font) != 0)
-        }
+	    goto fail;
+	}
       else if (grub_memcmp (section.name, FONT_FORMAT_SECTION_NAMES_DATA,
-      			    sizeof(FONT_FORMAT_SECTION_NAMES_DATA) - 1) == 0)
+			    sizeof (FONT_FORMAT_SECTION_NAMES_DATA) - 1) == 0)
-        {
+	{
-          /* When the DATA section marker is reached, we stop reading.  */
+	  /* When the DATA section marker is reached, we stop reading.  */
-          break;
+	  break;
-        }
+	}
       else
-        {
+	{
-          /* Unhandled section type, simply skip past it.  */
+	  /* Unhandled section type, simply skip past it.  */
 #if FONT_DEBUG >= 3
-          grub_printf("Unhandled section type, skipping.\n");
+	  grub_printf ("Unhandled section type, skipping.\n");
 #endif
-          grub_off_t section_end = grub_file_tell (file) + section.length;
+	  grub_off_t section_end = grub_file_tell (file) + section.length;
-          if ((int) grub_file_seek (file, section_end) == -1)
+	  if ((int) grub_file_seek (file, section_end) == -1)
-            goto fail;
+	    goto fail;
-        }
+	}
     }
 
-  if (! font->name)
+  if (!font->name)
     {
       grub_printf ("Note: Font has no name.\n");
       font->name = grub_strdup ("Unknown");
@@ -606,22 +612,19 @@ grub_font_load (const char *filename)
 
 #if FONT_DEBUG >= 1
   grub_printf ("Loaded font `%s'.\n"
-               "Ascent=%d Descent=%d MaxW=%d MaxH=%d Number of characters=%d.\n",
+	       "Ascent=%d Descent=%d MaxW=%d MaxH=%d Number of characters=%d.\n",
-               font->name,
+	       font->name,
-               font->ascent, font->descent,
+	       font->ascent, font->descent,
-               font->max_char_width, font->max_char_height,
+	       font->max_char_width, font->max_char_height, font->num_chars);
-               font->num_chars);
 #endif
 
   if (font->max_char_width == 0
       || font->max_char_height == 0
       || font->num_chars == 0
-      || font->char_index == 0
+      || font->char_index == 0 || font->ascent == 0 || font->descent == 0)
-      || font->ascent == 0
-      || font->descent == 0)
     {
       grub_error (GRUB_ERR_BAD_FONT,
-                  "invalid font file: missing some required data");
+		  "invalid font file: missing some required data");
       goto fail;
     }
 
@@ -679,18 +682,18 @@ find_glyph (const grub_font_t font, grub_uint32_t code)
   lo = 0;
   hi = font->num_chars - 1;
 
-  if (! table)
+  if (!table)
     return 0;
 
   while (lo <= hi)
     {
       mid = lo + (hi - lo) / 2;
       if (code < table[mid].code)
-        hi = mid - 1;
+	hi = mid - 1;
       else if (code > table[mid].code)
-        lo = mid + 1;
+	lo = mid + 1;
       else
-        return &table[mid];
+	return &table[mid];
     }
 
   return 0;
@@ -716,12 +719,12 @@ grub_font_get_glyph_internal (grub_font_t font, grub_uint32_t code)
       int len;
 
       if (index_entry->glyph)
-        /* Return cached glyph.  */
+	/* Return cached glyph.  */
-        return index_entry->glyph;
+	return index_entry->glyph;
 
-      if (! font->file)
+      if (!font->file)
-        /* No open file, can't load any glyphs.  */
+	/* No open file, can't load any glyphs.  */
-        return 0;
+	return 0;
 
       /* Make sure we can find glyphs for error messages.  Push active
          error message to error stack and reset error message.  */
@@ -730,23 +733,23 @@ grub_font_get_glyph_internal (grub_font_t font, grub_uint32_t code)
       grub_file_seek (font->file, index_entry->offset);
 
       /* Read the glyph width, height, and baseline.  */
-      if (read_be_uint16(font->file, &width) != 0
+      if (read_be_uint16 (font->file, &width) != 0
-          || read_be_uint16(font->file, &height) != 0
+	  || read_be_uint16 (font->file, &height) != 0
-          || read_be_int16(font->file, &xoff) != 0
+	  || read_be_int16 (font->file, &xoff) != 0
-          || read_be_int16(font->file, &yoff) != 0
+	  || read_be_int16 (font->file, &yoff) != 0
-          || read_be_int16(font->file, &dwidth) != 0)
+	  || read_be_int16 (font->file, &dwidth) != 0)
-        {
+	{
-          remove_font (font);
+	  remove_font (font);
-          return 0;
+	  return 0;
-        }
+	}
 
       len = (width * height + 7) / 8;
       glyph = grub_malloc (sizeof (struct grub_font_glyph) + len);
-      if (! glyph)
+      if (!glyph)
-        {
+	{
-          remove_font (font);
+	  remove_font (font);
-          return 0;
+	  return 0;
-        }
+	}
 
       glyph->font = font;
       glyph->width = width;
@@ -757,13 +760,13 @@ grub_font_get_glyph_internal (grub_font_t font, grub_uint32_t code)
 
       /* Don't try to read empty bitmaps (e.g., space characters).  */
       if (len != 0)
-        {
+	{
-          if (grub_file_read (font->file, glyph->bitmap, len) != len)
+	  if (grub_file_read (font->file, glyph->bitmap, len) != len)
-            {
+	    {
-              remove_font (font);
+	      remove_font (font);
-              return 0;
+	      return 0;
-            }
+	    }
-        }
+	}
 
       /* Restore old error message.  */
       grub_error_pop ();
@@ -787,7 +790,7 @@ free_font (grub_font_t font)
   if (font)
     {
       if (font->file)
-        grub_file_close (font->file);
+	grub_file_close (font->file);
       grub_free (font->name);
       grub_free (font->family);
       grub_free (font->char_index);
@@ -804,7 +807,7 @@ register_font (grub_font_t font)
   struct grub_font_node *node = 0;
 
   node = grub_malloc (sizeof (struct grub_font_node));
-  if (! node)
+  if (!node)
     return 1;
 
   node->value = font;
@@ -822,18 +825,17 @@ remove_font (grub_font_t font)
   struct grub_font_node **nextp, *cur;
 
   for (nextp = &grub_font_list, cur = *nextp;
-       cur;
+       cur; nextp = &cur->next, cur = cur->next)
-       nextp = &cur->next, cur = cur->next)
     {
       if (cur->value == font)
-        {
+	{
-          *nextp = cur->next;
+	  *nextp = cur->next;
 
-          /* Free the node, but not the font itself.  */
+	  /* Free the node, but not the font itself.  */
-          grub_free (cur);
+	  grub_free (cur);
 
-          return;
+	  return;
-        }
+	}
     }
 }
 
@@ -850,7 +852,7 @@ grub_font_get (const char *font_name)
     {
       grub_font_t font = node->value;
       if (grub_strcmp (font->name, font_name) == 0)
-        return font;
+	return font;
     }
 
   /* If no font by that name is found, return the first font in the list
@@ -862,7 +864,7 @@ grub_font_get (const char *font_name)
     return &null_font;
 }
 
-/* Get the full name of the font.  For instance, "Helvetica Bold 12".  */
+/* Get the full name of the font.  */
 const char *
 grub_font_get_name (grub_font_t font)
 {
@@ -927,7 +929,7 @@ grub_font_get_string_width (grub_font_t font, const char *str)
   const grub_uint8_t *ptr;
 
   for (ptr = (const grub_uint8_t *) str, width = 0;
-       grub_utf8_to_ucs4 (&code, 1, ptr, -1, &ptr) > 0; )
+       grub_utf8_to_ucs4 (&code, 1, ptr, -1, &ptr) > 0;)
     {
       glyph = grub_font_get_glyph_with_fallback (font, code);
       width += glyph->device_width;
@@ -961,7 +963,7 @@ grub_font_get_glyph (grub_font_t font, grub_uint32_t code)
    sizes are used so that tiny 8 point glyphs are not mixed into a string
    of 24 point text unless there is no other choice.  */
 static int
-get_font_diversity(grub_font_t a, grub_font_t b)
+get_font_diversity (grub_font_t a, grub_font_t b)
 {
   int d;
 
@@ -1011,7 +1013,7 @@ grub_font_get_glyph_with_fallback (grub_font_t font, grub_uint32_t code)
       /* First try to get the glyph from the specified font.  */
       glyph = grub_font_get_glyph_internal (font, code);
       if (glyph)
-        return glyph;
+	return glyph;
     }
 
   /* Otherwise, search all loaded fonts for the glyph and use the one from
@@ -1028,16 +1030,16 @@ grub_font_get_glyph_with_fallback (grub_font_t font, grub_uint32_t code)
 
       glyph = grub_font_get_glyph_internal (curfont, code);
       if (glyph)
-        {
+	{
-          int d;
+	  int d;
 
-          d = get_font_diversity (curfont, font);
+	  d = get_font_diversity (curfont, font);
-          if (d < best_diversity)
+	  if (d < best_diversity)
-            {
+	    {
-              best_diversity = d;
+	      best_diversity = d;
-              best_glyph = glyph;
+	      best_glyph = glyph;
-            }
+	    }
-        }
+	}
     }
 
   if (best_glyph)
@@ -1052,9 +1054,8 @@ grub_font_get_glyph_with_fallback (grub_font_t font, grub_uint32_t code)
    baseline of the character, while the x coordinate designates the left
    side location of the character.  */
 grub_err_t
-grub_font_draw_glyph (struct grub_font_glyph *glyph,
+grub_font_draw_glyph (struct grub_font_glyph * glyph,
-                      grub_video_color_t color,
+		      grub_video_color_t color, int left_x, int baseline_y)
-                      int left_x, int baseline_y)
 {
   struct grub_video_bitmap glyph_bitmap;
 
@@ -1065,8 +1066,7 @@ grub_font_draw_glyph (struct grub_font_glyph *glyph,
   glyph_bitmap.mode_info.width = glyph->width;
   glyph_bitmap.mode_info.height = glyph->height;
   glyph_bitmap.mode_info.mode_type =
-    (1 << GRUB_VIDEO_MODE_TYPE_DEPTH_POS)
+    (1 << GRUB_VIDEO_MODE_TYPE_DEPTH_POS) | GRUB_VIDEO_MODE_TYPE_1BIT_BITMAP;
-    | GRUB_VIDEO_MODE_TYPE_1BIT_BITMAP;
   glyph_bitmap.mode_info.blit_format = GRUB_VIDEO_BLIT_FORMAT_1BIT_PACKED;
   glyph_bitmap.mode_info.bpp = 1;
 
@@ -1081,11 +1081,11 @@ grub_font_draw_glyph (struct grub_font_glyph *glyph,
   glyph_bitmap.mode_info.bg_green = 0;
   glyph_bitmap.mode_info.bg_blue = 0;
   glyph_bitmap.mode_info.bg_alpha = 0;
-  grub_video_unmap_color(color,
+  grub_video_unmap_color (color,
-                         &glyph_bitmap.mode_info.fg_red,
+			  &glyph_bitmap.mode_info.fg_red,
-                         &glyph_bitmap.mode_info.fg_green,
+			  &glyph_bitmap.mode_info.fg_green,
-                         &glyph_bitmap.mode_info.fg_blue,
+			  &glyph_bitmap.mode_info.fg_blue,
-                         &glyph_bitmap.mode_info.fg_alpha);
+			  &glyph_bitmap.mode_info.fg_alpha);
   glyph_bitmap.data = glyph->bitmap;
 
   int bitmap_left = left_x + glyph->offset_x;
@@ -1093,9 +1093,8 @@ grub_font_draw_glyph (struct grub_font_glyph *glyph,
   int bitmap_top = bitmap_bottom - glyph->height;
 
   return grub_video_blit_bitmap (&glyph_bitmap, GRUB_VIDEO_BLIT_BLEND,
-                                 bitmap_left, bitmap_top,
+				 bitmap_left, bitmap_top,
-                                 0, 0,
+				 0, 0, glyph->width, glyph->height);
-                                 glyph->width, glyph->height);
 }
 
 /* Draw a UTF-8 string of text on the current video render target.
@@ -1105,8 +1104,7 @@ grub_font_draw_glyph (struct grub_font_glyph *glyph,
    a glyph from another loaded font may be used instead.  */
 grub_err_t
 grub_font_draw_string (const char *str, grub_font_t font,
-                       grub_video_color_t color,
+		       grub_video_color_t color, int left_x, int baseline_y)
-                       int left_x, int baseline_y)
 {
   int x;
   struct grub_font_glyph *glyph;
@@ -1114,15 +1112,13 @@ grub_font_draw_string (const char *str, grub_font_t font,
   const grub_uint8_t *ptr;
 
   for (ptr = (const grub_uint8_t *) str, x = left_x;
-       grub_utf8_to_ucs4 (&code, 1, ptr, -1, &ptr) > 0; )
+       grub_utf8_to_ucs4 (&code, 1, ptr, -1, &ptr) > 0;)
     {
       glyph = grub_font_get_glyph_with_fallback (font, code);
-      if (grub_font_draw_glyph (glyph, color, x, baseline_y)
+      if (grub_font_draw_glyph (glyph, color, x, baseline_y) != GRUB_ERR_NONE)
-          != GRUB_ERR_NONE)
+	return grub_errno;
-        return grub_errno;
       x += glyph->device_width;
     }
 
   return GRUB_ERR_NONE;
 }
-

fs/ext2.c

@@ -436,7 +436,8 @@ grub_ext2_read_block (grub_fshelp_node_t node, grub_disk_addr_t fileblock)
       grub_uint32_t indir[blksz / 4];
 
       if (grub_disk_read (data->disk,
-			  grub_le_to_cpu32 (inode->blocks.indir_block)
+			  ((grub_disk_addr_t)
+			   grub_le_to_cpu32 (inode->blocks.indir_block))
 			  << log2_blksz,
 			  0, blksz, indir))
 	return grub_errno;
@@ -452,13 +453,15 @@ grub_ext2_read_block (grub_fshelp_node_t node, grub_disk_addr_t fileblock)
       grub_uint32_t indir[blksz / 4];
 
       if (grub_disk_read (data->disk,
-			  grub_le_to_cpu32 (inode->blocks.double_indir_block)
+			  ((grub_disk_addr_t)
+			   grub_le_to_cpu32 (inode->blocks.double_indir_block))
 			  << log2_blksz,
 			  0, blksz, indir))
 	return grub_errno;
 
       if (grub_disk_read (data->disk,
-			  grub_le_to_cpu32 (indir[rblock / perblock])
+			  ((grub_disk_addr_t)
+			   grub_le_to_cpu32 (indir[rblock / perblock]))
 			  << log2_blksz,
 			  0, blksz, indir))
 	return grub_errno;

fs/i386/pc/pxe.c

@@ -568,21 +568,21 @@ GRUB_MOD_INIT(pxe)
 
       buf = grub_xasprintf ("%d", grub_pxe_blksize);
       if (buf)
-	grub_env_set ("net_pxe_blksize", buf);
+	grub_env_set ("pxe_blksize", buf);
       grub_free (buf);
 
       set_ip_env ("pxe_default_server", grub_pxe_default_server_ip);
       set_ip_env ("pxe_default_gateway", grub_pxe_default_gateway_ip);
       set_ip_env ("net_pxe_ip", grub_pxe_your_ip);
-      grub_register_variable_hook ("net_pxe_default_server", 0,
+      grub_register_variable_hook ("pxe_default_server", 0,
 				   grub_env_write_pxe_default_server);
-      grub_register_variable_hook ("net_pxe_default_gateway", 0,
+      grub_register_variable_hook ("pxe_default_gateway", 0,
 				   grub_env_write_pxe_default_gateway);
 
       /* XXX: Is it possible to change IP in PXE?  */
       grub_register_variable_hook ("net_pxe_ip", 0,
 				   grub_env_write_readonly);
-      grub_register_variable_hook ("net_pxe_blksize", 0,
+      grub_register_variable_hook ("pxe_blksize", 0,
 				   grub_env_write_pxe_blocksize);
       grub_disk_dev_register (&grub_pxe_dev);
       grub_fs_register (&grub_pxefs_fs);

fs/iso9660.c

@@ -629,12 +629,16 @@ grub_iso9660_iterate_dir (grub_fshelp_node_t dir,
 
         if (dir->data->joliet)
           {
-            char *oldname;
+            char *oldname, *semicolon;
 
             oldname = filename;
             filename = grub_iso9660_convert_string
                   ((grub_uint16_t *) oldname, dirent.namelen >> 1);
 
+	    semicolon = grub_strrchr (filename, ';');
+	    if (semicolon)
+	      *semicolon = '\0';
+
             if (filename_alloc)
               grub_free (oldname);
 

fs/reiserfs.c

@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@
 
 static grub_dl_t my_mod;
 
-#define assert(boolean) real_assert (boolean, __FILE__, __LINE__)
+#define assert(boolean) real_assert (boolean, GRUB_FILE, __LINE__)
 static inline void
 real_assert (int boolean, const char *file, const int line)
 {

genmk.rb

@@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ endif
       dir = File.dirname(src)
 
       "#{obj}: #{src} $(#{src}_DEPENDENCIES)
-	$(TARGET_CC) -I#{dir} -I$(srcdir)/#{dir} $(TARGET_CPPFLAGS) #{extra_flags} $(TARGET_#{flag}) $(#{prefix}_#{flag}) -MD -c -o $@ $<
+	$(TARGET_CC) -I#{dir} -I$(srcdir)/#{dir} $(TARGET_CPPFLAGS) #{extra_flags} $(TARGET_#{flag}) $(#{prefix}_#{flag}) -DGRUB_FILE=\\\"#{src}\\\" -MD -c -o $@ $<
 -include #{dep}
 
 "
@@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ else
 	-rm -f $@
 	-rm -f $@.bin
 	$(TARGET_CC) $(#{prefix}_LDFLAGS) $(TARGET_LDFLAGS) -Wl,-r,-d -o $@.bin #{pre_obj} #{mod_obj}
-	$(OBJCONV) -f$(TARGET_MODULE_FORMAT) -nr:_grub_mod_init:grub_mod_init -nr:_grub_mod_fini:grub_mod_fini -wd1106 -nu -nd $@.bin $@
+	$(OBJCONV) -f$(TARGET_MODULE_FORMAT) -nr:_grub_mod_init:grub_mod_init -nr:_grub_mod_fini:grub_mod_fini -wd1106 -ew2030 -ew2050 -nu -nd $@.bin $@
 	-rm -f $@.bin
 endif
 endif
@@ -171,7 +171,7 @@ endif
 	$(TARGET_CC) $(#{prefix}_LDFLAGS) $(TARGET_LDFLAGS) -Wl,-r,-d -o $@ #{objs_str}
 
 #{mod_obj}: #{mod_src}
-	$(TARGET_CC) $(TARGET_CPPFLAGS) $(TARGET_CFLAGS) $(#{prefix}_CFLAGS) -c -o $@ $<
+	$(TARGET_CC) $(TARGET_CPPFLAGS) $(TARGET_CFLAGS) $(#{prefix}_CFLAGS) -DGRUB_FILE=\\\"#{mod_src}\\\" -c -o $@ $<
 
 #{mod_src}: $(builddir)/moddep.lst $(srcdir)/genmodsrc.sh
 	sh $(srcdir)/genmodsrc.sh '#{mod_name}' $< > $@ || (rm -f $@; exit 1)
@@ -205,11 +205,11 @@ endif
       dir = File.dirname(src)
 
       "#{obj}: #{src} $(#{src}_DEPENDENCIES)
-	$(TARGET_CC) -I#{dir} -I$(srcdir)/#{dir} $(TARGET_CPPFLAGS) #{extra_flags} $(TARGET_#{flag}) $(#{prefix}_#{flag}) -MD -c -o $@ $<
+	$(TARGET_CC) -I#{dir} -I$(srcdir)/#{dir} $(TARGET_CPPFLAGS) #{extra_flags} $(TARGET_#{flag}) $(#{prefix}_#{flag}) -DGRUB_FILE=\\\"#{src}\\\" -MD -c -o $@ $<
 -include #{dep}
 
 clean-module-#{extra_target}.#{@rule_count}:
-	rm -f #{command} #{fs} #{partmap} #{handler} #{parttool} #{video}
+	rm -f #{command} #{fs} #{partmap} #{handler} #{parttool} #{video} #{terminal}
 
 CLEAN_MODULE_TARGETS += clean-module-#{extra_target}.#{@rule_count}
 
@@ -307,7 +307,7 @@ MOSTLYCLEAN_UTILITY_TARGETS += mostlyclean-utility-#{@name}.#{@rule_count}
       dir = File.dirname(src)
 
       "#{obj}: #{src} $(#{src}_DEPENDENCIES)
-	$(CC) -I#{dir} -I$(srcdir)/#{dir} $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) -DGRUB_UTIL=1 $(#{prefix}_CFLAGS) -MD -c -o $@ $<
+	$(CC) -I#{dir} -I$(srcdir)/#{dir} $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) -DGRUB_UTIL=1 $(#{prefix}_CFLAGS) -DGRUB_FILE=\\\"#{src}\\\" -MD -c -o $@ $<
 -include #{dep}
 
 "
@@ -358,7 +358,7 @@ endif
       dir = File.dirname(src)
 
       "#{obj}: #{src} $(#{src}_DEPENDENCIES)
-	$(TARGET_CC) -I#{dir} -I$(srcdir)/#{dir} $(TARGET_CPPFLAGS) #{extra_flags} $(TARGET_#{flag}) $(#{prefix}_#{flag}) -MD -c -o $@ $<
+	$(TARGET_CC) -I#{dir} -I$(srcdir)/#{dir} $(TARGET_CPPFLAGS) #{extra_flags} $(TARGET_#{flag}) $(#{prefix}_#{flag}) -DGRUB_FILE=\\\"#{src}\\\" -MD -c -o $@ $<
 
 -include #{dep}
 

genmoddep.awk

@@ -32,13 +32,12 @@ FNR == 1 {
   else if ($1 != "__gnu_local_gp") {
     printf "%s in %s is not defined\n", $1, module >"/dev/stderr";
     error++;
-#    exit;
   }
 }
 
 # Output the result.
 END {
-  if (error != 0)
+  if (error >= 1)
     exit 1;
 
   for (mod in modtab) {

gensymlist.sh.in

@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
 ### The configure script will replace these variables.
 
 : ${srcdir=@srcdir@}
-: ${CC=@CC@}
+: ${CC=@TARGET_CC@}
 
 
 cat <<EOF

gettext/gettext.c

@@ -279,13 +279,6 @@ grub_gettext_init_ext (const char *lang)
 
   /* mo_file e.g.: /boot/grub/locale/ca.mo   */
 
-  mo_file =
-    grub_malloc (grub_strlen (locale_dir) + grub_strlen ("/") +
-		 grub_strlen (lang) + grub_strlen (".mo") + 1);
-
-  /* Warning: if changing some paths in the below line, change the grub_malloc
-     contents below.  */
-
   mo_file = grub_xasprintf ("%s/%s.mo", locale_dir, lang);
   if (!mo_file)
     return;

gfxmenu/gui_image.c

@@ -31,6 +31,7 @@ struct grub_gui_image
   grub_gui_container_t parent;
   grub_video_rect_t bounds;
   char *id;
+  char *theme_dir;
   struct grub_video_bitmap *raw_bitmap;
   struct grub_video_bitmap *bitmap;
 };
@@ -208,8 +209,28 @@ static grub_err_t
 image_set_property (void *vself, const char *name, const char *value)
 {
   grub_gui_image_t self = vself;
-  if (grub_strcmp (name, "file") == 0)
+  if (grub_strcmp (name, "theme_dir") == 0)
-    return load_image (self, value);
+    {
+      grub_free (self->theme_dir);
+      self->theme_dir = grub_strdup (value);
+    }
+  else if (grub_strcmp (name, "file") == 0)
+    {
+      char *absvalue;
+      grub_err_t err;
+
+      /* Resolve to an absolute path.  */
+      if (! self->theme_dir)
+	return grub_error (GRUB_ERR_BAD_ARGUMENT, "unspecified theme_dir");
+      absvalue = grub_resolve_relative_path (self->theme_dir, value);
+      if (! absvalue)
+	return grub_errno;
+
+      err = load_image (self, absvalue);
+      grub_free (absvalue);
+
+      return err;
+    }
   else if (grub_strcmp (name, "id") == 0)
     {
       grub_free (self->id);

gfxmenu/gui_label.c

@@ -216,7 +216,7 @@ grub_gui_label_new (void)
   label->comp.ops = &label_ops;
   label->visible = 1;
   label->text = grub_strdup ("");
-  label->font = grub_font_get ("Helvetica 10");
+  label->font = grub_font_get ("Unknown Regular 16");
   label->color.red = 0;
   label->color.green = 0;
   label->color.blue = 0;

gfxmenu/gui_list.c

@@ -566,7 +566,7 @@ grub_gui_list_new (void)
 
   self->visible = 1;
 
-  default_font = grub_font_get ("Helvetica 12");
+  default_font = grub_font_get ("Unknown Regular 16");
   default_fg_color = grub_gui_color_rgb (0, 0, 0);
   default_bg_color = grub_gui_color_rgb (255, 255, 255);
 

gfxmenu/gui_progress_bar.c

@@ -371,7 +371,7 @@ grub_gui_progress_bar_new (void)
   self->progress.ops = &progress_bar_pb_ops;
   self->progress.component.ops = &progress_bar_ops;
   self->visible = 1;
-  self->font = grub_font_get ("Helvetica 10");
+  self->font = grub_font_get ("Unknown Regular 16");
   grub_gui_color_t black = { .red = 0, .green = 0, .blue = 0, .alpha = 255 };
   grub_gui_color_t gray = { .red = 128, .green = 128, .blue = 128, .alpha = 255 };
   grub_gui_color_t lightgray = { .red = 200, .green = 200, .blue = 200, .alpha = 255 };

gfxmenu/view.c

@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ grub_gfxmenu_view_new (const char *theme_path,
   view->screen.width = width;
   view->screen.height = height;
 
-  default_font = grub_font_get ("Helvetica 12");
+  default_font = grub_font_get ("Unknown Regular 16");
   default_fg_color = grub_gui_color_rgb (0, 0, 0);
   default_bg_color = grub_gui_color_rgb (255, 255, 255);
 

gnulib/alloca.h

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /* Memory allocation on the stack.
 
-   Copyright (C) 1995, 1999, 2001-2004, 2006-2008 Free Software
+   Copyright (C) 1995, 1999, 2001-2004, 2006-2010 Free Software Foundation,
-   Foundation, Inc.
+   Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
    under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published

gnulib/argp-ba.c

@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+/* Default definition for ARGP_PROGRAM_BUG_ADDRESS.
+   Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1999, 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+   Written by Miles Bader <miles@gnu.ai.mit.edu>.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* If set by the user program, it should point to string that is the
+   bug-reporting address for the program.  It will be printed by argp_help if
+   the ARGP_HELP_BUG_ADDR flag is set (as it is by various standard help
+   messages), embedded in a sentence that says something like `Report bugs to
+   ADDR.'.  */
+const char *argp_program_bug_address
+/* This variable should be zero-initialized.  On most systems, putting it into
+   BSS is sufficient.  Not so on MacOS X 10.3 and 10.4, see
+   <http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/bug-gnulib/2009-01/msg00329.html>
+   <http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/bug-gnulib/2009-08/msg00096.html>.  */
+#if defined __ELF__
+  /* On ELF systems, variables in BSS behave well.  */
+#else
+  = (const char *) 0
+#endif
+  ;

gnulib/argp-eexst.c

@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+/* Default definition for ARGP_ERR_EXIT_STATUS
+   Copyright (C) 1997, 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+   Written by Miles Bader <miles@gnu.ai.mit.edu>.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <sysexits.h>
+
+#include "argp.h"
+
+/* The exit status that argp will use when exiting due to a parsing error.
+   If not defined or set by the user program, this defaults to EX_USAGE from
+   <sysexits.h>.  */
+error_t argp_err_exit_status = EX_USAGE;

gnulib/argp-fmtstream.c

@@ -0,0 +1,435 @@
+/* Word-wrapping and line-truncating streams
+   Copyright (C) 1997-1999, 2001-2003, 2005, 2009-2010 Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+   Written by Miles Bader <miles@gnu.ai.mit.edu>.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* This package emulates glibc `line_wrap_stream' semantics for systems that
+   don't have that.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+
+#include "argp-fmtstream.h"
+#include "argp-namefrob.h"
+
+#ifndef ARGP_FMTSTREAM_USE_LINEWRAP
+
+#ifndef isblank
+#define isblank(ch) ((ch)==' ' || (ch)=='\t')
+#endif
+
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
+# include <wchar.h>
+# include <libio/libioP.h>
+# define __vsnprintf(s, l, f, a) _IO_vsnprintf (s, l, f, a)
+#endif
+
+#define INIT_BUF_SIZE 200
+#define PRINTF_SIZE_GUESS 150
+
+/* Return an argp_fmtstream that outputs to STREAM, and which prefixes lines
+   written on it with LMARGIN spaces and limits them to RMARGIN columns
+   total.  If WMARGIN >= 0, words that extend past RMARGIN are wrapped by
+   replacing the whitespace before them with a newline and WMARGIN spaces.
+   Otherwise, chars beyond RMARGIN are simply dropped until a newline.
+   Returns NULL if there was an error.  */
+argp_fmtstream_t
+__argp_make_fmtstream (FILE *stream,
+                       size_t lmargin, size_t rmargin, ssize_t wmargin)
+{
+  argp_fmtstream_t fs;
+
+  fs = (struct argp_fmtstream *) malloc (sizeof (struct argp_fmtstream));
+  if (fs != NULL)
+    {
+      fs->stream = stream;
+
+      fs->lmargin = lmargin;
+      fs->rmargin = rmargin;
+      fs->wmargin = wmargin;
+      fs->point_col = 0;
+      fs->point_offs = 0;
+
+      fs->buf = (char *) malloc (INIT_BUF_SIZE);
+      if (! fs->buf)
+        {
+          free (fs);
+          fs = 0;
+        }
+      else
+        {
+          fs->p = fs->buf;
+          fs->end = fs->buf + INIT_BUF_SIZE;
+        }
+    }
+
+  return fs;
+}
+#if 0
+/* Not exported.  */
+#ifdef weak_alias
+weak_alias (__argp_make_fmtstream, argp_make_fmtstream)
+#endif
+#endif
+
+/* Flush FS to its stream, and free it (but don't close the stream).  */
+void
+__argp_fmtstream_free (argp_fmtstream_t fs)
+{
+  __argp_fmtstream_update (fs);
+  if (fs->p > fs->buf)
+    {
+#ifdef USE_IN_LIBIO
+      __fxprintf (fs->stream, "%.*s", (int) (fs->p - fs->buf), fs->buf);
+#else
+      fwrite_unlocked (fs->buf, 1, fs->p - fs->buf, fs->stream);
+#endif
+    }
+  free (fs->buf);
+  free (fs);
+}
+#if 0
+/* Not exported.  */
+#ifdef weak_alias
+weak_alias (__argp_fmtstream_free, argp_fmtstream_free)
+#endif
+#endif
+
+/* Process FS's buffer so that line wrapping is done from POINT_OFFS to the
+   end of its buffer.  This code is mostly from glibc stdio/linewrap.c.  */
+void
+__argp_fmtstream_update (argp_fmtstream_t fs)
+{
+  char *buf, *nl;
+  size_t len;
+
+  /* Scan the buffer for newlines.  */
+  buf = fs->buf + fs->point_offs;
+  while (buf < fs->p)
+    {
+      size_t r;
+
+      if (fs->point_col == 0 && fs->lmargin != 0)
+        {
+          /* We are starting a new line.  Print spaces to the left margin.  */
+          const size_t pad = fs->lmargin;
+          if (fs->p + pad < fs->end)
+            {
+              /* We can fit in them in the buffer by moving the
+                 buffer text up and filling in the beginning.  */
+              memmove (buf + pad, buf, fs->p - buf);
+              fs->p += pad; /* Compensate for bigger buffer. */
+              memset (buf, ' ', pad); /* Fill in the spaces.  */
+              buf += pad; /* Don't bother searching them.  */
+            }
+          else
+            {
+              /* No buffer space for spaces.  Must flush.  */
+              size_t i;
+              for (i = 0; i < pad; i++)
+                {
+#ifdef USE_IN_LIBIO
+                  if (_IO_fwide (fs->stream, 0) > 0)
+                    putwc_unlocked (L' ', fs->stream);
+                  else
+#endif
+                    putc_unlocked (' ', fs->stream);
+                }
+            }
+          fs->point_col = pad;
+        }
+
+      len = fs->p - buf;
+      nl = memchr (buf, '\n', len);
+
+      if (fs->point_col < 0)
+        fs->point_col = 0;
+
+      if (!nl)
+        {
+          /* The buffer ends in a partial line.  */
+
+          if (fs->point_col + len < fs->rmargin)
+            {
+              /* The remaining buffer text is a partial line and fits
+                 within the maximum line width.  Advance point for the
+                 characters to be written and stop scanning.  */
+              fs->point_col += len;
+              break;
+            }
+          else
+            /* Set the end-of-line pointer for the code below to
+               the end of the buffer.  */
+            nl = fs->p;
+        }
+      else if (fs->point_col + (nl - buf) < (ssize_t) fs->rmargin)
+        {
+          /* The buffer contains a full line that fits within the maximum
+             line width.  Reset point and scan the next line.  */
+          fs->point_col = 0;
+          buf = nl + 1;
+          continue;
+        }
+
+      /* This line is too long.  */
+      r = fs->rmargin - 1;
+
+      if (fs->wmargin < 0)
+        {
+          /* Truncate the line by overwriting the excess with the
+             newline and anything after it in the buffer.  */
+          if (nl < fs->p)
+            {
+              memmove (buf + (r - fs->point_col), nl, fs->p - nl);
+              fs->p -= buf + (r - fs->point_col) - nl;
+              /* Reset point for the next line and start scanning it.  */
+              fs->point_col = 0;
+              buf += r + 1; /* Skip full line plus \n. */
+            }
+          else
+            {
+              /* The buffer ends with a partial line that is beyond the
+                 maximum line width.  Advance point for the characters
+                 written, and discard those past the max from the buffer.  */
+              fs->point_col += len;
+              fs->p -= fs->point_col - r;
+              break;
+            }
+        }
+      else
+        {
+          /* Do word wrap.  Go to the column just past the maximum line
+             width and scan back for the beginning of the word there.
+             Then insert a line break.  */
+
+          char *p, *nextline;
+          int i;
+
+          p = buf + (r + 1 - fs->point_col);
+          while (p >= buf && !isblank ((unsigned char) *p))
+            --p;
+          nextline = p + 1;     /* This will begin the next line.  */
+
+          if (nextline > buf)
+            {
+              /* Swallow separating blanks.  */
+              if (p >= buf)
+                do
+                  --p;
+                while (p >= buf && isblank ((unsigned char) *p));
+              nl = p + 1;       /* The newline will replace the first blank. */
+            }
+          else
+            {
+              /* A single word that is greater than the maximum line width.
+                 Oh well.  Put it on an overlong line by itself.  */
+              p = buf + (r + 1 - fs->point_col);
+              /* Find the end of the long word.  */
+              if (p < nl)
+                do
+                  ++p;
+                while (p < nl && !isblank ((unsigned char) *p));
+              if (p == nl)
+                {
+                  /* It already ends a line.  No fussing required.  */
+                  fs->point_col = 0;
+                  buf = nl + 1;
+                  continue;
+                }
+              /* We will move the newline to replace the first blank.  */
+              nl = p;
+              /* Swallow separating blanks.  */
+              do
+                ++p;
+              while (isblank ((unsigned char) *p));
+              /* The next line will start here.  */
+              nextline = p;
+            }
+
+          /* Note: There are a bunch of tests below for
+             NEXTLINE == BUF + LEN + 1; this case is where NL happens to fall
+             at the end of the buffer, and NEXTLINE is in fact empty (and so
+             we need not be careful to maintain its contents).  */
+
+          if ((nextline == buf + len + 1
+               ? fs->end - nl < fs->wmargin + 1
+               : nextline - (nl + 1) < fs->wmargin)
+              && fs->p > nextline)
+            {
+              /* The margin needs more blanks than we removed.  */
+              if (fs->end - fs->p > fs->wmargin + 1)
+                /* Make some space for them.  */
+                {
+                  size_t mv = fs->p - nextline;
+                  memmove (nl + 1 + fs->wmargin, nextline, mv);
+                  nextline = nl + 1 + fs->wmargin;
+                  len = nextline + mv - buf;
+                  *nl++ = '\n';
+                }
+              else
+                /* Output the first line so we can use the space.  */
+                {
+#ifdef _LIBC
+                  __fxprintf (fs->stream, "%.*s\n",
+                              (int) (nl - fs->buf), fs->buf);
+#else
+                  if (nl > fs->buf)
+                    fwrite_unlocked (fs->buf, 1, nl - fs->buf, fs->stream);
+                  putc_unlocked ('\n', fs->stream);
+#endif
+
+                  len += buf - fs->buf;
+                  nl = buf = fs->buf;
+                }
+            }
+          else
+            /* We can fit the newline and blanks in before
+               the next word.  */
+            *nl++ = '\n';
+
+          if (nextline - nl >= fs->wmargin
+              || (nextline == buf + len + 1 && fs->end - nextline >= fs->wmargin))
+            /* Add blanks up to the wrap margin column.  */
+            for (i = 0; i < fs->wmargin; ++i)
+              *nl++ = ' ';
+          else
+            for (i = 0; i < fs->wmargin; ++i)
+#ifdef USE_IN_LIBIO
+              if (_IO_fwide (fs->stream, 0) > 0)
+                putwc_unlocked (L' ', fs->stream);
+              else
+#endif
+                putc_unlocked (' ', fs->stream);
+
+          /* Copy the tail of the original buffer into the current buffer
+             position.  */
+          if (nl < nextline)
+            memmove (nl, nextline, buf + len - nextline);
+          len -= nextline - buf;
+
+          /* Continue the scan on the remaining lines in the buffer.  */
+          buf = nl;
+
+          /* Restore bufp to include all the remaining text.  */
+          fs->p = nl + len;
+
+          /* Reset the counter of what has been output this line.  If wmargin
+             is 0, we want to avoid the lmargin getting added, so we set
+             point_col to a magic value of -1 in that case.  */
+          fs->point_col = fs->wmargin ? fs->wmargin : -1;
+        }
+    }
+
+  /* Remember that we've scanned as far as the end of the buffer.  */
+  fs->point_offs = fs->p - fs->buf;
+}
+
+/* Ensure that FS has space for AMOUNT more bytes in its buffer, either by
+   growing the buffer, or by flushing it.  True is returned iff we succeed. */
+int
+__argp_fmtstream_ensure (struct argp_fmtstream *fs, size_t amount)
+{
+  if ((size_t) (fs->end - fs->p) < amount)
+    {
+      ssize_t wrote;
+
+      /* Flush FS's buffer.  */
+      __argp_fmtstream_update (fs);
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+      __fxprintf (fs->stream, "%.*s", (int) (fs->p - fs->buf), fs->buf);
+      wrote = fs->p - fs->buf;
+#else
+      wrote = fwrite_unlocked (fs->buf, 1, fs->p - fs->buf, fs->stream);
+#endif
+      if (wrote == fs->p - fs->buf)
+        {
+          fs->p = fs->buf;
+          fs->point_offs = 0;
+        }
+      else
+        {
+          fs->p -= wrote;
+          fs->point_offs -= wrote;
+          memmove (fs->buf, fs->buf + wrote, fs->p - fs->buf);
+          return 0;
+        }
+
+      if ((size_t) (fs->end - fs->buf) < amount)
+        /* Gotta grow the buffer.  */
+        {
+          size_t old_size = fs->end - fs->buf;
+          size_t new_size = old_size + amount;
+          char *new_buf;
+
+          if (new_size < old_size || ! (new_buf = realloc (fs->buf, new_size)))
+            {
+              __set_errno (ENOMEM);
+              return 0;
+            }
+
+          fs->buf = new_buf;
+          fs->end = new_buf + new_size;
+          fs->p = fs->buf;
+        }
+    }
+
+  return 1;
+}
+
+ssize_t
+__argp_fmtstream_printf (struct argp_fmtstream *fs, const char *fmt, ...)
+{
+  int out;
+  size_t avail;
+  size_t size_guess = PRINTF_SIZE_GUESS; /* How much space to reserve. */
+
+  do
+    {
+      va_list args;
+
+      if (! __argp_fmtstream_ensure (fs, size_guess))
+        return -1;
+
+      va_start (args, fmt);
+      avail = fs->end - fs->p;
+      out = __vsnprintf (fs->p, avail, fmt, args);
+      va_end (args);
+      if ((size_t) out >= avail)
+        size_guess = out + 1;
+    }
+  while ((size_t) out >= avail);
+
+  fs->p += out;
+
+  return out;
+}
+#if 0
+/* Not exported.  */
+#ifdef weak_alias
+weak_alias (__argp_fmtstream_printf, argp_fmtstream_printf)
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#endif /* !ARGP_FMTSTREAM_USE_LINEWRAP */

gnulib/argp-fmtstream.h

@@ -0,0 +1,354 @@
+/* Word-wrapping and line-truncating streams.
+   Copyright (C) 1997, 2006-2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+   Written by Miles Bader <miles@gnu.ai.mit.edu>.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* This package emulates glibc `line_wrap_stream' semantics for systems that
+   don't have that.  If the system does have it, it is just a wrapper for
+   that.  This header file is only used internally while compiling argp, and
+   shouldn't be installed.  */
+
+#ifndef _ARGP_FMTSTREAM_H
+#define _ARGP_FMTSTREAM_H
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#ifndef __attribute__
+/* The __attribute__ feature is available in gcc versions 2.5 and later.
+   The __-protected variants of the attributes 'format' and 'printf' are
+   accepted by gcc versions 2.6.4 (effectively 2.7) and later.
+   We enable __attribute__ only if these are supported too, because
+   gnulib and libintl do '#define printf __printf__' when they override
+   the 'printf' function.  */
+# if __GNUC__ < 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 7)
+#  define __attribute__(Spec)   /* empty */
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if    (_LIBC - 0 && !defined (USE_IN_LIBIO)) \
+    || (defined (__GNU_LIBRARY__) && defined (HAVE_LINEWRAP_H))
+/* line_wrap_stream is available, so use that.  */
+#define ARGP_FMTSTREAM_USE_LINEWRAP
+#endif
+
+#ifdef ARGP_FMTSTREAM_USE_LINEWRAP
+/* Just be a simple wrapper for line_wrap_stream; the semantics are
+   *slightly* different, as line_wrap_stream doesn't actually make a new
+   object, it just modifies the given stream (reversibly) to do
+   line-wrapping.  Since we control who uses this code, it doesn't matter.  */
+
+#include <linewrap.h>
+
+typedef FILE *argp_fmtstream_t;
+
+#define argp_make_fmtstream line_wrap_stream
+#define __argp_make_fmtstream line_wrap_stream
+#define argp_fmtstream_free line_unwrap_stream
+#define __argp_fmtstream_free line_unwrap_stream
+
+#define __argp_fmtstream_putc(fs,ch) putc(ch,fs)
+#define argp_fmtstream_putc(fs,ch) putc(ch,fs)
+#define __argp_fmtstream_puts(fs,str) fputs(str,fs)
+#define argp_fmtstream_puts(fs,str) fputs(str,fs)
+#define __argp_fmtstream_write(fs,str,len) fwrite(str,1,len,fs)
+#define argp_fmtstream_write(fs,str,len) fwrite(str,1,len,fs)
+#define __argp_fmtstream_printf fprintf
+#define argp_fmtstream_printf fprintf
+
+#define __argp_fmtstream_lmargin line_wrap_lmargin
+#define argp_fmtstream_lmargin line_wrap_lmargin
+#define __argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin line_wrap_set_lmargin
+#define argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin line_wrap_set_lmargin
+#define __argp_fmtstream_rmargin line_wrap_rmargin
+#define argp_fmtstream_rmargin line_wrap_rmargin
+#define __argp_fmtstream_set_rmargin line_wrap_set_rmargin
+#define argp_fmtstream_set_rmargin line_wrap_set_rmargin
+#define __argp_fmtstream_wmargin line_wrap_wmargin
+#define argp_fmtstream_wmargin line_wrap_wmargin
+#define __argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin line_wrap_set_wmargin
+#define argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin line_wrap_set_wmargin
+#define __argp_fmtstream_point line_wrap_point
+#define argp_fmtstream_point line_wrap_point
+
+#else /* !ARGP_FMTSTREAM_USE_LINEWRAP */
+/* Guess we have to define our own version.  */
+
+struct argp_fmtstream
+{
+  FILE *stream;                 /* The stream we're outputting to.  */
+
+  size_t lmargin, rmargin;      /* Left and right margins.  */
+  ssize_t wmargin;              /* Margin to wrap to, or -1 to truncate.  */
+
+  /* Point in buffer to which we've processed for wrapping, but not output.  */
+  size_t point_offs;
+  /* Output column at POINT_OFFS, or -1 meaning 0 but don't add lmargin.  */
+  ssize_t point_col;
+
+  char *buf;                    /* Output buffer.  */
+  char *p;                      /* Current end of text in BUF. */
+  char *end;                    /* Absolute end of BUF.  */
+};
+
+typedef struct argp_fmtstream *argp_fmtstream_t;
+
+/* Return an argp_fmtstream that outputs to STREAM, and which prefixes lines
+   written on it with LMARGIN spaces and limits them to RMARGIN columns
+   total.  If WMARGIN >= 0, words that extend past RMARGIN are wrapped by
+   replacing the whitespace before them with a newline and WMARGIN spaces.
+   Otherwise, chars beyond RMARGIN are simply dropped until a newline.
+   Returns NULL if there was an error.  */
+extern argp_fmtstream_t __argp_make_fmtstream (FILE *__stream,
+                                               size_t __lmargin,
+                                               size_t __rmargin,
+                                               ssize_t __wmargin);
+extern argp_fmtstream_t argp_make_fmtstream (FILE *__stream,
+                                             size_t __lmargin,
+                                             size_t __rmargin,
+                                             ssize_t __wmargin);
+
+/* Flush __FS to its stream, and free it (but don't close the stream).  */
+extern void __argp_fmtstream_free (argp_fmtstream_t __fs);
+extern void argp_fmtstream_free (argp_fmtstream_t __fs);
+
+extern ssize_t __argp_fmtstream_printf (argp_fmtstream_t __fs,
+                                        const char *__fmt, ...)
+     __attribute__ ((__format__ (printf, 2, 3)));
+extern ssize_t argp_fmtstream_printf (argp_fmtstream_t __fs,
+                                      const char *__fmt, ...)
+     __attribute__ ((__format__ (printf, 2, 3)));
+
+#if _LIBC || !defined __OPTIMIZE__
+extern int __argp_fmtstream_putc (argp_fmtstream_t __fs, int __ch);
+extern int argp_fmtstream_putc (argp_fmtstream_t __fs, int __ch);
+
+extern int __argp_fmtstream_puts (argp_fmtstream_t __fs, const char *__str);
+extern int argp_fmtstream_puts (argp_fmtstream_t __fs, const char *__str);
+
+extern size_t __argp_fmtstream_write (argp_fmtstream_t __fs,
+                                      const char *__str, size_t __len);
+extern size_t argp_fmtstream_write (argp_fmtstream_t __fs,
+                                    const char *__str, size_t __len);
+#endif
+
+/* Access macros for various bits of state.  */
+#define argp_fmtstream_lmargin(__fs) ((__fs)->lmargin)
+#define argp_fmtstream_rmargin(__fs) ((__fs)->rmargin)
+#define argp_fmtstream_wmargin(__fs) ((__fs)->wmargin)
+#define __argp_fmtstream_lmargin argp_fmtstream_lmargin
+#define __argp_fmtstream_rmargin argp_fmtstream_rmargin
+#define __argp_fmtstream_wmargin argp_fmtstream_wmargin
+
+#if _LIBC || !defined __OPTIMIZE__
+/* Set __FS's left margin to LMARGIN and return the old value.  */
+extern size_t argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin (argp_fmtstream_t __fs,
+                                          size_t __lmargin);
+extern size_t __argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin (argp_fmtstream_t __fs,
+                                            size_t __lmargin);
+
+/* Set __FS's right margin to __RMARGIN and return the old value.  */
+extern size_t argp_fmtstream_set_rmargin (argp_fmtstream_t __fs,
+                                          size_t __rmargin);
+extern size_t __argp_fmtstream_set_rmargin (argp_fmtstream_t __fs,
+                                            size_t __rmargin);
+
+/* Set __FS's wrap margin to __WMARGIN and return the old value.  */
+extern size_t argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin (argp_fmtstream_t __fs,
+                                          size_t __wmargin);
+extern size_t __argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin (argp_fmtstream_t __fs,
+                                            size_t __wmargin);
+
+/* Return the column number of the current output point in __FS.  */
+extern size_t argp_fmtstream_point (argp_fmtstream_t __fs);
+extern size_t __argp_fmtstream_point (argp_fmtstream_t __fs);
+#endif
+
+/* Internal routines.  */
+extern void _argp_fmtstream_update (argp_fmtstream_t __fs);
+extern void __argp_fmtstream_update (argp_fmtstream_t __fs);
+extern int _argp_fmtstream_ensure (argp_fmtstream_t __fs, size_t __amount);
+extern int __argp_fmtstream_ensure (argp_fmtstream_t __fs, size_t __amount);
+
+#ifdef __OPTIMIZE__
+/* Inline versions of above routines.  */
+
+#if !_LIBC
+#define __argp_fmtstream_putc argp_fmtstream_putc
+#define __argp_fmtstream_puts argp_fmtstream_puts
+#define __argp_fmtstream_write argp_fmtstream_write
+#define __argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin
+#define __argp_fmtstream_set_rmargin argp_fmtstream_set_rmargin
+#define __argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin
+#define __argp_fmtstream_point argp_fmtstream_point
+#define __argp_fmtstream_update _argp_fmtstream_update
+#define __argp_fmtstream_ensure _argp_fmtstream_ensure
+#endif
+
+#ifndef ARGP_FS_EI
+# ifdef __GNUC__
+   /* GCC 4.3 and above with -std=c99 or -std=gnu99 implements ISO C99
+      inline semantics, unless -fgnu89-inline is used.  It defines a macro
+      __GNUC_STDC_INLINE__ to indicate this situation or a macro
+      __GNUC_GNU_INLINE__ to indicate the opposite situation.
+
+      GCC 4.2 with -std=c99 or -std=gnu99 implements the GNU C inline
+      semantics but warns, unless -fgnu89-inline is used:
+        warning: C99 inline functions are not supported; using GNU89
+        warning: to disable this warning use -fgnu89-inline or the gnu_inline function attribute
+      It defines a macro __GNUC_GNU_INLINE__ to indicate this situation.
+
+      Whereas Apple GCC 4.0.1 build 5479 without -std=c99 or -std=gnu99
+      implements the GNU C inline semantics and defines the macro
+      __GNUC_GNU_INLINE__, but it does not warn and does not support
+      __attribute__ ((__gnu_inline__)).
+
+      All in all, these are the possible combinations.  For every compiler,
+      we need to choose ARGP_FS_EI so that the corresponding table cell
+      contains an "ok".
+
+        \    ARGP_FS_EI                      inline   extern    extern
+          \                                           inline    inline
+      CC    \                                                   __attribute__
+                                                                ((gnu_inline))
+
+      gcc 4.3.0                              error    ok        ok
+      gcc 4.3.0 -std=gnu99 -fgnu89-inline    error    ok        ok
+      gcc 4.3.0 -std=gnu99                   ok       error     ok
+
+      gcc 4.2.2                              error    ok        ok
+      gcc 4.2.2 -std=gnu99 -fgnu89-inline    error    ok        ok
+      gcc 4.2.2 -std=gnu99                   error    warning   ok
+
+      gcc 4.1.2                              error    ok        warning
+      gcc 4.1.2 -std=gnu99                   error    ok        warning
+
+      Apple gcc 4.0.1                        error    ok        warning
+      Apple gcc 4.0.1 -std=gnu99             ok       error     warning
+    */
+#  if defined __GNUC_STDC_INLINE__
+#   define ARGP_FS_EI inline
+#  elif __GNUC__ > 4 || (__GNUC__ == 4 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 2)
+#   define ARGP_FS_EI extern inline __attribute__ ((__gnu_inline__))
+#  else
+#   define ARGP_FS_EI extern inline
+#  endif
+# else
+   /* With other compilers, assume the ISO C99 meaning of 'inline', if
+      the compiler supports 'inline' at all.  */
+#  define ARGP_FS_EI inline
+# endif
+#endif
+
+ARGP_FS_EI size_t
+__argp_fmtstream_write (argp_fmtstream_t __fs,
+                        const char *__str, size_t __len)
+{
+  if (__fs->p + __len <= __fs->end || __argp_fmtstream_ensure (__fs, __len))
+    {
+      memcpy (__fs->p, __str, __len);
+      __fs->p += __len;
+      return __len;
+    }
+  else
+    return 0;
+}
+
+ARGP_FS_EI int
+__argp_fmtstream_puts (argp_fmtstream_t __fs, const char *__str)
+{
+  size_t __len = strlen (__str);
+  if (__len)
+    {
+      size_t __wrote = __argp_fmtstream_write (__fs, __str, __len);
+      return __wrote == __len ? 0 : -1;
+    }
+  else
+    return 0;
+}
+
+ARGP_FS_EI int
+__argp_fmtstream_putc (argp_fmtstream_t __fs, int __ch)
+{
+  if (__fs->p < __fs->end || __argp_fmtstream_ensure (__fs, 1))
+    return *__fs->p++ = __ch;
+  else
+    return EOF;
+}
+
+/* Set __FS's left margin to __LMARGIN and return the old value.  */
+ARGP_FS_EI size_t
+__argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin (argp_fmtstream_t __fs, size_t __lmargin)
+{
+  size_t __old;
+  if ((size_t) (__fs->p - __fs->buf) > __fs->point_offs)
+    __argp_fmtstream_update (__fs);
+  __old = __fs->lmargin;
+  __fs->lmargin = __lmargin;
+  return __old;
+}
+
+/* Set __FS's right margin to __RMARGIN and return the old value.  */
+ARGP_FS_EI size_t
+__argp_fmtstream_set_rmargin (argp_fmtstream_t __fs, size_t __rmargin)
+{
+  size_t __old;
+  if ((size_t) (__fs->p - __fs->buf) > __fs->point_offs)
+    __argp_fmtstream_update (__fs);
+  __old = __fs->rmargin;
+  __fs->rmargin = __rmargin;
+  return __old;
+}
+
+/* Set FS's wrap margin to __WMARGIN and return the old value.  */
+ARGP_FS_EI size_t
+__argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin (argp_fmtstream_t __fs, size_t __wmargin)
+{
+  size_t __old;
+  if ((size_t) (__fs->p - __fs->buf) > __fs->point_offs)
+    __argp_fmtstream_update (__fs);
+  __old = __fs->wmargin;
+  __fs->wmargin = __wmargin;
+  return __old;
+}
+
+/* Return the column number of the current output point in __FS.  */
+ARGP_FS_EI size_t
+__argp_fmtstream_point (argp_fmtstream_t __fs)
+{
+  if ((size_t) (__fs->p - __fs->buf) > __fs->point_offs)
+    __argp_fmtstream_update (__fs);
+  return __fs->point_col >= 0 ? __fs->point_col : 0;
+}
+
+#if !_LIBC
+#undef __argp_fmtstream_putc
+#undef __argp_fmtstream_puts
+#undef __argp_fmtstream_write
+#undef __argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin
+#undef __argp_fmtstream_set_rmargin
+#undef __argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin
+#undef __argp_fmtstream_point
+#undef __argp_fmtstream_update
+#undef __argp_fmtstream_ensure
+#endif
+
+#endif /* __OPTIMIZE__ */
+
+#endif /* ARGP_FMTSTREAM_USE_LINEWRAP */
+
+#endif /* argp-fmtstream.h */

gnulib/argp-fs-xinl.c

@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+/* Real definitions for extern inline functions in argp-fmtstream.h
+   Copyright (C) 1997, 2003, 2004, 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+   Written by Miles Bader <miles@gnu.ai.mit.edu>.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#define ARGP_FS_EI
+#undef __OPTIMIZE__
+#define __OPTIMIZE__ 1
+#include "argp-fmtstream.h"
+
+#if 0
+/* Not exported.  */
+/* Add weak aliases.  */
+#if _LIBC - 0 && !defined (ARGP_FMTSTREAM_USE_LINEWRAP) && defined (weak_alias)
+
+weak_alias (__argp_fmtstream_putc, argp_fmtstream_putc)
+weak_alias (__argp_fmtstream_puts, argp_fmtstream_puts)
+weak_alias (__argp_fmtstream_write, argp_fmtstream_write)
+weak_alias (__argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin, argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin)
+weak_alias (__argp_fmtstream_set_rmargin, argp_fmtstream_set_rmargin)
+weak_alias (__argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin, argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin)
+weak_alias (__argp_fmtstream_point, argp_fmtstream_point)
+
+#endif
+#endif

gnulib/argp-namefrob.h

@@ -0,0 +1,157 @@
+/* Name frobnication for compiling argp outside of glibc
+   Copyright (C) 1997, 2003, 2007, 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+   Written by Miles Bader <miles@gnu.ai.mit.edu>.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#if !_LIBC
+/* This code is written for inclusion in gnu-libc, and uses names in the
+   namespace reserved for libc.  If we're not compiling in libc, define those
+   names to be the normal ones instead.  */
+
+/* argp-parse functions */
+#undef __argp_parse
+#define __argp_parse argp_parse
+#undef __option_is_end
+#define __option_is_end _option_is_end
+#undef __option_is_short
+#define __option_is_short _option_is_short
+#undef __argp_input
+#define __argp_input _argp_input
+
+/* argp-help functions */
+#undef __argp_help
+#define __argp_help argp_help
+#undef __argp_error
+#define __argp_error argp_error
+#undef __argp_failure
+#define __argp_failure argp_failure
+#undef __argp_state_help
+#define __argp_state_help argp_state_help
+#undef __argp_usage
+#define __argp_usage argp_usage
+
+/* argp-fmtstream functions */
+#undef __argp_make_fmtstream
+#define __argp_make_fmtstream argp_make_fmtstream
+#undef __argp_fmtstream_free
+#define __argp_fmtstream_free argp_fmtstream_free
+#undef __argp_fmtstream_putc
+#define __argp_fmtstream_putc argp_fmtstream_putc
+#undef __argp_fmtstream_puts
+#define __argp_fmtstream_puts argp_fmtstream_puts
+#undef __argp_fmtstream_write
+#define __argp_fmtstream_write argp_fmtstream_write
+#undef __argp_fmtstream_printf
+#define __argp_fmtstream_printf argp_fmtstream_printf
+#undef __argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin
+#define __argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin
+#undef __argp_fmtstream_set_rmargin
+#define __argp_fmtstream_set_rmargin argp_fmtstream_set_rmargin
+#undef __argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin
+#define __argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin
+#undef __argp_fmtstream_point
+#define __argp_fmtstream_point argp_fmtstream_point
+#undef __argp_fmtstream_update
+#define __argp_fmtstream_update _argp_fmtstream_update
+#undef __argp_fmtstream_ensure
+#define __argp_fmtstream_ensure _argp_fmtstream_ensure
+#undef __argp_fmtstream_lmargin
+#define __argp_fmtstream_lmargin argp_fmtstream_lmargin
+#undef __argp_fmtstream_rmargin
+#define __argp_fmtstream_rmargin argp_fmtstream_rmargin
+#undef __argp_fmtstream_wmargin
+#define __argp_fmtstream_wmargin argp_fmtstream_wmargin
+
+/* normal libc functions we call */
+#undef __flockfile
+#define __flockfile flockfile
+#undef __funlockfile
+#define __funlockfile funlockfile
+#undef __mempcpy
+#define __mempcpy mempcpy
+#undef __sleep
+#define __sleep sleep
+#undef __strcasecmp
+#define __strcasecmp strcasecmp
+#undef __strchrnul
+#define __strchrnul strchrnul
+#undef __strerror_r
+#define __strerror_r strerror_r
+#undef __strndup
+#define __strndup strndup
+#undef __vsnprintf
+#define __vsnprintf vsnprintf
+
+#if defined(HAVE_DECL_CLEARERR_UNLOCKED) && !HAVE_DECL_CLEARERR_UNLOCKED
+# define clearerr_unlocked(x) clearerr (x)
+#endif
+#if defined(HAVE_DECL_FEOF_UNLOCKED) && !HAVE_DECL_FEOF_UNLOCKED
+# define feof_unlocked(x) feof (x)
+# endif
+#if defined(HAVE_DECL_FERROR_UNLOCKED) && !HAVE_DECL_FERROR_UNLOCKED
+# define ferror_unlocked(x) ferror (x)
+# endif
+#if defined(HAVE_DECL_FFLUSH_UNLOCKED) && !HAVE_DECL_FFLUSH_UNLOCKED
+# define fflush_unlocked(x) fflush (x)
+# endif
+#if defined(HAVE_DECL_FGETS_UNLOCKED) && !HAVE_DECL_FGETS_UNLOCKED
+# define fgets_unlocked(x,y,z) fgets (x,y,z)
+# endif
+#if defined(HAVE_DECL_FPUTC_UNLOCKED) && !HAVE_DECL_FPUTC_UNLOCKED
+# define fputc_unlocked(x,y) fputc (x,y)
+# endif
+#if defined(HAVE_DECL_FPUTS_UNLOCKED) && !HAVE_DECL_FPUTS_UNLOCKED
+# define fputs_unlocked(x,y) fputs (x,y)
+# endif
+#if defined(HAVE_DECL_FREAD_UNLOCKED) && !HAVE_DECL_FREAD_UNLOCKED
+# define fread_unlocked(w,x,y,z) fread (w,x,y,z)
+# endif
+#if defined(HAVE_DECL_FWRITE_UNLOCKED) && !HAVE_DECL_FWRITE_UNLOCKED
+# define fwrite_unlocked(w,x,y,z) fwrite (w,x,y,z)
+# endif
+#if defined(HAVE_DECL_GETC_UNLOCKED) && !HAVE_DECL_GETC_UNLOCKED
+# define getc_unlocked(x) getc (x)
+# endif
+#if defined(HAVE_DECL_GETCHAR_UNLOCKED) && !HAVE_DECL_GETCHAR_UNLOCKED
+#  define getchar_unlocked() getchar ()
+# endif
+#if defined(HAVE_DECL_PUTC_UNLOCKED) && !HAVE_DECL_PUTC_UNLOCKED
+# define putc_unlocked(x,y) putc (x,y)
+# endif
+#if defined(HAVE_DECL_PUTCHAR_UNLOCKED) && !HAVE_DECL_PUTCHAR_UNLOCKED
+# define putchar_unlocked(x) putchar (x)
+# endif
+
+#endif /* !_LIBC */
+
+#ifndef __set_errno
+#define __set_errno(e) (errno = (e))
+#endif
+
+#if defined GNULIB_ARGP_DISABLE_DIRNAME
+# define __argp_base_name(arg) arg
+#elif defined GNULIB_ARGP_EXTERN_BASENAME
+extern char *__argp_base_name (const char *arg);
+#else
+# include "dirname.h"
+# define __argp_base_name last_component
+#endif
+
+#if defined _LIBC || HAVE_DECL_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_SHORT_NAME
+# define __argp_short_program_name()    (program_invocation_short_name)
+#else
+extern char *__argp_short_program_name (void);
+#endif

gnulib/argp-parse.c

@@ -0,0 +1,952 @@
+/* Hierarchial argument parsing, layered over getopt
+   Copyright (C) 1995-2000, 2002-2004, 2009-2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+   Written by Miles Bader <miles@gnu.ai.mit.edu>.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <alloca.h>
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <getopt.h>
+#include <getopt_int.h>
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <libintl.h>
+# undef dgettext
+# define dgettext(domain, msgid) \
+   INTUSE(__dcgettext) (domain, msgid, LC_MESSAGES)
+#else
+# include "gettext.h"
+#endif
+#define N_(msgid) msgid
+
+#include "argp.h"
+#include "argp-namefrob.h"
+
+#define alignof(type) offsetof (struct { char c; type x; }, x)
+#define alignto(n, d) ((((n) + (d) - 1) / (d)) * (d))
+
+/* Getopt return values.  */
+#define KEY_END (-1)            /* The end of the options.  */
+#define KEY_ARG 1               /* A non-option argument.  */
+#define KEY_ERR '?'             /* An error parsing the options.  */
+
+/* The meta-argument used to prevent any further arguments being interpreted
+   as options.  */
+#define QUOTE "--"
+
+/* The number of bits we steal in a long-option value for our own use.  */
+#define GROUP_BITS CHAR_BIT
+
+/* The number of bits available for the user value.  */
+#define USER_BITS ((sizeof ((struct option *)0)->val * CHAR_BIT) - GROUP_BITS)
+#define USER_MASK ((1 << USER_BITS) - 1)
+
+/* EZ alias for ARGP_ERR_UNKNOWN.  */
+#define EBADKEY ARGP_ERR_UNKNOWN
+
+/* Default options.  */
+
+/* When argp is given the --HANG switch, _ARGP_HANG is set and argp will sleep
+   for one second intervals, decrementing _ARGP_HANG until it's zero.  Thus
+   you can force the program to continue by attaching a debugger and setting
+   it to 0 yourself.  */
+static volatile int _argp_hang;
+
+#define OPT_PROGNAME    -2
+#define OPT_USAGE       -3
+#define OPT_HANG        -4
+
+static const struct argp_option argp_default_options[] =
+{
+  {"help",        '?',          0, 0,  N_("give this help list"), -1},
+  {"usage",       OPT_USAGE,    0, 0,  N_("give a short usage message"), 0},
+  {"program-name",OPT_PROGNAME,N_("NAME"), OPTION_HIDDEN, N_("set the program name"), 0},
+  {"HANG",        OPT_HANG,    N_("SECS"), OPTION_ARG_OPTIONAL | OPTION_HIDDEN,
+     N_("hang for SECS seconds (default 3600)"), 0},
+  {NULL, 0, 0, 0, NULL, 0}
+};
+
+static error_t
+argp_default_parser (int key, char *arg, struct argp_state *state)
+{
+  switch (key)
+    {
+    case '?':
+      __argp_state_help (state, state->out_stream, ARGP_HELP_STD_HELP);
+      break;
+    case OPT_USAGE:
+      __argp_state_help (state, state->out_stream,
+                         ARGP_HELP_USAGE | ARGP_HELP_EXIT_OK);
+      break;
+
+    case OPT_PROGNAME:          /* Set the program name.  */
+#if defined _LIBC || HAVE_DECL_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_NAME
+      program_invocation_name = arg;
+#endif
+      /* [Note that some systems only have PROGRAM_INVOCATION_SHORT_NAME (aka
+         __PROGNAME), in which case, PROGRAM_INVOCATION_NAME is just defined
+         to be that, so we have to be a bit careful here.]  */
+
+      /* Update what we use for messages.  */
+      state->name = __argp_base_name (arg);
+
+#if defined _LIBC || HAVE_DECL_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_SHORT_NAME
+      program_invocation_short_name = state->name;
+#endif
+
+      if ((state->flags & (ARGP_PARSE_ARGV0 | ARGP_NO_ERRS))
+          == ARGP_PARSE_ARGV0)
+        /* Update what getopt uses too.  */
+        state->argv[0] = arg;
+
+      break;
+
+    case OPT_HANG:
+      _argp_hang = atoi (arg ? arg : "3600");
+      while (_argp_hang-- > 0)
+        __sleep (1);
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      return EBADKEY;
+    }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+static const struct argp argp_default_argp =
+  {argp_default_options, &argp_default_parser, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, "libc"};
+
+
+static const struct argp_option argp_version_options[] =
+{
+  {"version",     'V',          0, 0,  N_("print program version"), -1},
+  {NULL, 0, 0, 0, NULL, 0}
+};
+
+static error_t
+argp_version_parser (int key, char *arg, struct argp_state *state)
+{
+  switch (key)
+    {
+    case 'V':
+      if (argp_program_version_hook)
+        (*argp_program_version_hook) (state->out_stream, state);
+      else if (argp_program_version)
+        fprintf (state->out_stream, "%s\n", argp_program_version);
+      else
+        __argp_error (state, dgettext (state->root_argp->argp_domain,
+                                       "(PROGRAM ERROR) No version known!?"));
+      if (! (state->flags & ARGP_NO_EXIT))
+        exit (0);
+      break;
+    default:
+      return EBADKEY;
+    }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+static const struct argp argp_version_argp =
+  {argp_version_options, &argp_version_parser, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, "libc"};
+
+/* Returns the offset into the getopt long options array LONG_OPTIONS of a
+   long option with called NAME, or -1 if none is found.  Passing NULL as
+   NAME will return the number of options.  */
+static int
+find_long_option (struct option *long_options, const char *name)
+{
+  struct option *l = long_options;
+  while (l->name != NULL)
+    if (name != NULL && strcmp (l->name, name) == 0)
+      return l - long_options;
+    else
+      l++;
+  if (name == NULL)
+    return l - long_options;
+  else
+    return -1;
+}
+
+
+/* The state of a `group' during parsing.  Each group corresponds to a
+   particular argp structure from the tree of such descending from the top
+   level argp passed to argp_parse.  */
+struct group
+{
+  /* This group's parsing function.  */
+  argp_parser_t parser;
+
+  /* Which argp this group is from.  */
+  const struct argp *argp;
+
+  /* Points to the point in SHORT_OPTS corresponding to the end of the short
+     options for this group.  We use it to determine from which group a
+     particular short options is from.  */
+  char *short_end;
+
+  /* The number of non-option args sucessfully handled by this parser.  */
+  unsigned args_processed;
+
+  /* This group's parser's parent's group.  */
+  struct group *parent;
+  unsigned parent_index;        /* And the our position in the parent.   */
+
+  /* These fields are swapped into and out of the state structure when
+     calling this group's parser.  */
+  void *input, **child_inputs;
+  void *hook;
+};
+
+/* Call GROUP's parser with KEY and ARG, swapping any group-specific info
+   from STATE before calling, and back into state afterwards.  If GROUP has
+   no parser, EBADKEY is returned.  */
+static error_t
+group_parse (struct group *group, struct argp_state *state, int key, char *arg)
+{
+  if (group->parser)
+    {
+      error_t err;
+      state->hook = group->hook;
+      state->input = group->input;
+      state->child_inputs = group->child_inputs;
+      state->arg_num = group->args_processed;
+      err = (*group->parser)(key, arg, state);
+      group->hook = state->hook;
+      return err;
+    }
+  else
+    return EBADKEY;
+}
+
+struct parser
+{
+  const struct argp *argp;
+
+  /* SHORT_OPTS is the getopt short options string for the union of all the
+     groups of options.  */
+  char *short_opts;
+  /* LONG_OPTS is the array of getop long option structures for the union of
+     all the groups of options.  */
+  struct option *long_opts;
+  /* OPT_DATA is the getopt data used for the re-entrant getopt.  */
+  struct _getopt_data opt_data;
+
+  /* States of the various parsing groups.  */
+  struct group *groups;
+  /* The end of the GROUPS array.  */
+  struct group *egroup;
+  /* An vector containing storage for the CHILD_INPUTS field in all groups.  */
+  void **child_inputs;
+
+  /* True if we think using getopt is still useful; if false, then
+     remaining arguments are just passed verbatim with ARGP_KEY_ARG.  This is
+     cleared whenever getopt returns KEY_END, but may be set again if the user
+     moves the next argument pointer backwards.  */
+  int try_getopt;
+
+  /* State block supplied to parsing routines.  */
+  struct argp_state state;
+
+  /* Memory used by this parser.  */
+  void *storage;
+};
+
+/* The next usable entries in the various parser tables being filled in by
+   convert_options.  */
+struct parser_convert_state
+{
+  struct parser *parser;
+  char *short_end;
+  struct option *long_end;
+  void **child_inputs_end;
+};
+
+/* Converts all options in ARGP (which is put in GROUP) and ancestors
+   into getopt options stored in SHORT_OPTS and LONG_OPTS; SHORT_END and
+   CVT->LONG_END are the points at which new options are added.  Returns the
+   next unused group entry.  CVT holds state used during the conversion.  */
+static struct group *
+convert_options (const struct argp *argp,
+                 struct group *parent, unsigned parent_index,
+                 struct group *group, struct parser_convert_state *cvt)
+{
+  /* REAL is the most recent non-alias value of OPT.  */
+  const struct argp_option *real = argp->options;
+  const struct argp_child *children = argp->children;
+
+  if (real || argp->parser)
+    {
+      const struct argp_option *opt;
+
+      if (real)
+        for (opt = real; !__option_is_end (opt); opt++)
+          {
+            if (! (opt->flags & OPTION_ALIAS))
+              /* OPT isn't an alias, so we can use values from it.  */
+              real = opt;
+
+            if (! (real->flags & OPTION_DOC))
+              /* A real option (not just documentation).  */
+              {
+                if (__option_is_short (opt))
+                  /* OPT can be used as a short option.  */
+                  {
+                    *cvt->short_end++ = opt->key;
+                    if (real->arg)
+                      {
+                        *cvt->short_end++ = ':';
+                        if (real->flags & OPTION_ARG_OPTIONAL)
+                          *cvt->short_end++ = ':';
+                      }
+                    *cvt->short_end = '\0'; /* keep 0 terminated */
+                  }
+
+                if (opt->name
+                    && find_long_option (cvt->parser->long_opts, opt->name) < 0)
+                  /* OPT can be used as a long option.  */
+                  {
+                    cvt->long_end->name = opt->name;
+                    cvt->long_end->has_arg =
+                      (real->arg
+                       ? (real->flags & OPTION_ARG_OPTIONAL
+                          ? optional_argument
+                          : required_argument)
+                       : no_argument);
+                    cvt->long_end->flag = 0;
+                    /* we add a disambiguating code to all the user's
+                       values (which is removed before we actually call
+                       the function to parse the value); this means that
+                       the user loses use of the high 8 bits in all his
+                       values (the sign of the lower bits is preserved
+                       however)...  */
+                    cvt->long_end->val =
+                      ((opt->key ? opt->key : real->key) & USER_MASK)
+                      + (((group - cvt->parser->groups) + 1) << USER_BITS);
+
+                    /* Keep the LONG_OPTS list terminated.  */
+                    (++cvt->long_end)->name = NULL;
+                  }
+              }
+            }
+
+      group->parser = argp->parser;
+      group->argp = argp;
+      group->short_end = cvt->short_end;
+      group->args_processed = 0;
+      group->parent = parent;
+      group->parent_index = parent_index;
+      group->input = 0;
+      group->hook = 0;
+      group->child_inputs = 0;
+
+      if (children)
+        /* Assign GROUP's CHILD_INPUTS field some space from
+           CVT->child_inputs_end.*/
+        {
+          unsigned num_children = 0;
+          while (children[num_children].argp)
+            num_children++;
+          group->child_inputs = cvt->child_inputs_end;
+          cvt->child_inputs_end += num_children;
+        }
+
+      parent = group++;
+    }
+  else
+    parent = 0;
+
+  if (children)
+    {
+      unsigned index = 0;
+      while (children->argp)
+        group =
+          convert_options (children++->argp, parent, index++, group, cvt);
+    }
+
+  return group;
+}
+
+/* Find the merged set of getopt options, with keys appropiately prefixed. */
+static void
+parser_convert (struct parser *parser, const struct argp *argp, int flags)
+{
+  struct parser_convert_state cvt;
+
+  cvt.parser = parser;
+  cvt.short_end = parser->short_opts;
+  cvt.long_end = parser->long_opts;
+  cvt.child_inputs_end = parser->child_inputs;
+
+  if (flags & ARGP_IN_ORDER)
+    *cvt.short_end++ = '-';
+  else if (flags & ARGP_NO_ARGS)
+    *cvt.short_end++ = '+';
+  *cvt.short_end = '\0';
+
+  cvt.long_end->name = NULL;
+
+  parser->argp = argp;
+
+  if (argp)
+    parser->egroup = convert_options (argp, 0, 0, parser->groups, &cvt);
+  else
+    parser->egroup = parser->groups; /* No parsers at all! */
+}
+
+/* Lengths of various parser fields which we will allocated.  */
+struct parser_sizes
+{
+  size_t short_len;             /* Getopt short options string.  */
+  size_t long_len;              /* Getopt long options vector.  */
+  size_t num_groups;            /* Group structures we allocate.  */
+  size_t num_child_inputs;      /* Child input slots.  */
+};
+
+/* For ARGP, increments the NUM_GROUPS field in SZS by the total number of
+ argp structures descended from it, and the SHORT_LEN & LONG_LEN fields by
+ the maximum lengths of the resulting merged getopt short options string and
+ long-options array, respectively.  */
+static void
+calc_sizes (const struct argp *argp,  struct parser_sizes *szs)
+{
+  const struct argp_child *child = argp->children;
+  const struct argp_option *opt = argp->options;
+
+  if (opt || argp->parser)
+    {
+      szs->num_groups++;
+      if (opt)
+        {
+          int num_opts = 0;
+          while (!__option_is_end (opt++))
+            num_opts++;
+          szs->short_len += num_opts * 3; /* opt + up to 2 `:'s */
+          szs->long_len += num_opts;
+        }
+    }
+
+  if (child)
+    while (child->argp)
+      {
+        calc_sizes ((child++)->argp, szs);
+        szs->num_child_inputs++;
+      }
+}
+
+/* Initializes PARSER to parse ARGP in a manner described by FLAGS.  */
+static error_t
+parser_init (struct parser *parser, const struct argp *argp,
+             int argc, char **argv, int flags, void *input)
+{
+  error_t err = 0;
+  struct group *group;
+  struct parser_sizes szs;
+  struct _getopt_data opt_data = _GETOPT_DATA_INITIALIZER;
+  char *storage;
+  size_t glen, gsum;
+  size_t clen, csum;
+  size_t llen, lsum;
+  size_t slen, ssum;
+
+  szs.short_len = (flags & ARGP_NO_ARGS) ? 0 : 1;
+  szs.long_len = 0;
+  szs.num_groups = 0;
+  szs.num_child_inputs = 0;
+
+  if (argp)
+    calc_sizes (argp, &szs);
+
+  /* Lengths of the various bits of storage used by PARSER.  */
+  glen = (szs.num_groups + 1) * sizeof (struct group);
+  clen = szs.num_child_inputs * sizeof (void *);
+  llen = (szs.long_len + 1) * sizeof (struct option);
+  slen = szs.short_len + 1;
+
+  /* Sums of previous lengths, properly aligned.  There's no need to
+     align gsum, since struct group is aligned at least as strictly as
+     void * (since it contains a void * member).  And there's no need
+     to align lsum, since struct option is aligned at least as
+     strictly as char.  */
+  gsum = glen;
+  csum = alignto (gsum + clen, alignof (struct option));
+  lsum = csum + llen;
+  ssum = lsum + slen;
+
+  parser->storage = malloc (ssum);
+  if (! parser->storage)
+    return ENOMEM;
+
+  storage = parser->storage;
+  parser->groups = parser->storage;
+  parser->child_inputs = (void **) (storage + gsum);
+  parser->long_opts = (struct option *) (storage + csum);
+  parser->short_opts = storage + lsum;
+  parser->opt_data = opt_data;
+
+  memset (parser->child_inputs, 0, clen);
+  parser_convert (parser, argp, flags);
+
+  memset (&parser->state, 0, sizeof (struct argp_state));
+  parser->state.root_argp = parser->argp;
+  parser->state.argc = argc;
+  parser->state.argv = argv;
+  parser->state.flags = flags;
+  parser->state.err_stream = stderr;
+  parser->state.out_stream = stdout;
+  parser->state.next = 0;       /* Tell getopt to initialize.  */
+  parser->state.pstate = parser;
+
+  parser->try_getopt = 1;
+
+  /* Call each parser for the first time, giving it a chance to propagate
+     values to child parsers.  */
+  if (parser->groups < parser->egroup)
+    parser->groups->input = input;
+  for (group = parser->groups;
+       group < parser->egroup && (!err || err == EBADKEY);
+       group++)
+    {
+      if (group->parent)
+        /* If a child parser, get the initial input value from the parent. */
+        group->input = group->parent->child_inputs[group->parent_index];
+
+      if (!group->parser
+          && group->argp->children && group->argp->children->argp)
+        /* For the special case where no parsing function is supplied for an
+           argp, propagate its input to its first child, if any (this just
+           makes very simple wrapper argps more convenient).  */
+        group->child_inputs[0] = group->input;
+
+      err = group_parse (group, &parser->state, ARGP_KEY_INIT, 0);
+    }
+  if (err == EBADKEY)
+    err = 0;                    /* Some parser didn't understand.  */
+
+  if (err)
+    return err;
+
+  if (parser->state.flags & ARGP_NO_ERRS)
+    {
+      parser->opt_data.opterr = 0;
+      if (parser->state.flags & ARGP_PARSE_ARGV0)
+        /* getopt always skips ARGV[0], so we have to fake it out.  As long
+           as OPTERR is 0, then it shouldn't actually try to access it.  */
+        parser->state.argv--, parser->state.argc++;
+    }
+  else
+    parser->opt_data.opterr = 1;        /* Print error messages.  */
+
+  if (parser->state.argv == argv && argv[0])
+    /* There's an argv[0]; use it for messages.  */
+    parser->state.name = __argp_base_name (argv[0]);
+  else
+    parser->state.name = __argp_short_program_name ();
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* Free any storage consumed by PARSER (but not PARSER itself).  */
+static error_t
+parser_finalize (struct parser *parser,
+                 error_t err, int arg_ebadkey, int *end_index)
+{
+  struct group *group;
+
+  if (err == EBADKEY && arg_ebadkey)
+    /* Suppress errors generated by unparsed arguments.  */
+    err = 0;
+
+  if (! err)
+    {
+      if (parser->state.next == parser->state.argc)
+        /* We successfully parsed all arguments!  Call all the parsers again,
+           just a few more times... */
+        {
+          for (group = parser->groups;
+               group < parser->egroup && (!err || err==EBADKEY);
+               group++)
+            if (group->args_processed == 0)
+              err = group_parse (group, &parser->state, ARGP_KEY_NO_ARGS, 0);
+          for (group = parser->egroup - 1;
+               group >= parser->groups && (!err || err==EBADKEY);
+               group--)
+            err = group_parse (group, &parser->state, ARGP_KEY_END, 0);
+
+          if (err == EBADKEY)
+            err = 0;            /* Some parser didn't understand.  */
+
+          /* Tell the user that all arguments are parsed.  */
+          if (end_index)
+            *end_index = parser->state.next;
+        }
+      else if (end_index)
+        /* Return any remaining arguments to the user.  */
+        *end_index = parser->state.next;
+      else
+        /* No way to return the remaining arguments, they must be bogus. */
+        {
+          if (!(parser->state.flags & ARGP_NO_ERRS)
+              && parser->state.err_stream)
+            fprintf (parser->state.err_stream,
+                     dgettext (parser->argp->argp_domain,
+                               "%s: Too many arguments\n"),
+                     parser->state.name);
+          err = EBADKEY;
+        }
+    }
+
+  /* Okay, we're all done, with either an error or success; call the parsers
+     to indicate which one.  */
+
+  if (err)
+    {
+      /* Maybe print an error message.  */
+      if (err == EBADKEY)
+        /* An appropriate message describing what the error was should have
+           been printed earlier.  */
+        __argp_state_help (&parser->state, parser->state.err_stream,
+                           ARGP_HELP_STD_ERR);
+
+      /* Since we didn't exit, give each parser an error indication.  */
+      for (group = parser->groups; group < parser->egroup; group++)
+        group_parse (group, &parser->state, ARGP_KEY_ERROR, 0);
+    }
+  else
+    /* Notify parsers of success, and propagate back values from parsers.  */
+    {
+      /* We pass over the groups in reverse order so that child groups are
+         given a chance to do there processing before passing back a value to
+         the parent.  */
+      for (group = parser->egroup - 1
+           ; group >= parser->groups && (!err || err == EBADKEY)
+           ; group--)
+        err = group_parse (group, &parser->state, ARGP_KEY_SUCCESS, 0);
+      if (err == EBADKEY)
+        err = 0;                /* Some parser didn't understand.  */
+    }
+
+  /* Call parsers once more, to do any final cleanup.  Errors are ignored.  */
+  for (group = parser->egroup - 1; group >= parser->groups; group--)
+    group_parse (group, &parser->state, ARGP_KEY_FINI, 0);
+
+  if (err == EBADKEY)
+    err = EINVAL;
+
+  free (parser->storage);
+
+  return err;
+}
+
+/* Call the user parsers to parse the non-option argument VAL, at the current
+   position, returning any error.  The state NEXT pointer is assumed to have
+   been adjusted (by getopt) to point after this argument; this function will
+   adjust it correctly to reflect however many args actually end up being
+   consumed.  */
+static error_t
+parser_parse_arg (struct parser *parser, char *val)
+{
+  /* Save the starting value of NEXT, first adjusting it so that the arg
+     we're parsing is again the front of the arg vector.  */
+  int index = --parser->state.next;
+  error_t err = EBADKEY;
+  struct group *group;
+  int key = 0;                  /* Which of ARGP_KEY_ARG[S] we used.  */
+
+  /* Try to parse the argument in each parser.  */
+  for (group = parser->groups
+       ; group < parser->egroup && err == EBADKEY
+       ; group++)
+    {
+      parser->state.next++;     /* For ARGP_KEY_ARG, consume the arg.  */
+      key = ARGP_KEY_ARG;
+      err = group_parse (group, &parser->state, key, val);
+
+      if (err == EBADKEY)
+        /* This parser doesn't like ARGP_KEY_ARG; try ARGP_KEY_ARGS instead. */
+        {
+          parser->state.next--; /* For ARGP_KEY_ARGS, put back the arg.  */
+          key = ARGP_KEY_ARGS;
+          err = group_parse (group, &parser->state, key, 0);
+        }
+    }
+
+  if (! err)
+    {
+      if (key == ARGP_KEY_ARGS)
+        /* The default for ARGP_KEY_ARGS is to assume that if NEXT isn't
+           changed by the user, *all* arguments should be considered
+           consumed.  */
+        parser->state.next = parser->state.argc;
+
+      if (parser->state.next > index)
+        /* Remember that we successfully processed a non-option
+           argument -- but only if the user hasn't gotten tricky and set
+           the clock back.  */
+        (--group)->args_processed += (parser->state.next - index);
+      else
+        /* The user wants to reparse some args, give getopt another try.  */
+        parser->try_getopt = 1;
+    }
+
+  return err;
+}
+
+/* Call the user parsers to parse the option OPT, with argument VAL, at the
+   current position, returning any error.  */
+static error_t
+parser_parse_opt (struct parser *parser, int opt, char *val)
+{
+  /* The group key encoded in the high bits; 0 for short opts or
+     group_number + 1 for long opts.  */
+  int group_key = opt >> USER_BITS;
+  error_t err = EBADKEY;
+
+  if (group_key == 0)
+    /* A short option.  By comparing OPT's position in SHORT_OPTS to the
+       various starting positions in each group's SHORT_END field, we can
+       determine which group OPT came from.  */
+    {
+      struct group *group;
+      char *short_index = strchr (parser->short_opts, opt);
+
+      if (short_index)
+        for (group = parser->groups; group < parser->egroup; group++)
+          if (group->short_end > short_index)
+            {
+              err = group_parse (group, &parser->state, opt,
+                                 parser->opt_data.optarg);
+              break;
+            }
+    }
+  else
+    /* A long option.  We use shifts instead of masking for extracting
+       the user value in order to preserve the sign.  */
+    err =
+      group_parse (&parser->groups[group_key - 1], &parser->state,
+                   (opt << GROUP_BITS) >> GROUP_BITS,
+                   parser->opt_data.optarg);
+
+  if (err == EBADKEY)
+    /* At least currently, an option not recognized is an error in the
+       parser, because we pre-compute which parser is supposed to deal
+       with each option.  */
+    {
+      static const char bad_key_err[] =
+        N_("(PROGRAM ERROR) Option should have been recognized!?");
+      if (group_key == 0)
+        __argp_error (&parser->state, "-%c: %s", opt,
+                      dgettext (parser->argp->argp_domain, bad_key_err));
+      else
+        {
+          struct option *long_opt = parser->long_opts;
+          while (long_opt->val != opt && long_opt->name)
+            long_opt++;
+          __argp_error (&parser->state, "--%s: %s",
+                        long_opt->name ? long_opt->name : "???",
+                        dgettext (parser->argp->argp_domain, bad_key_err));
+        }
+    }
+
+  return err;
+}
+
+/* Parse the next argument in PARSER (as indicated by PARSER->state.next).
+   Any error from the parsers is returned, and *ARGP_EBADKEY indicates
+   whether a value of EBADKEY is due to an unrecognized argument (which is
+   generally not fatal).  */
+static error_t
+parser_parse_next (struct parser *parser, int *arg_ebadkey)
+{
+  int opt;
+  error_t err = 0;
+
+  if (parser->state.quoted && parser->state.next < parser->state.quoted)
+    /* The next argument pointer has been moved to before the quoted
+       region, so pretend we never saw the quoting `--', and give getopt
+       another chance.  If the user hasn't removed it, getopt will just
+       process it again.  */
+    parser->state.quoted = 0;
+
+  if (parser->try_getopt && !parser->state.quoted)
+    /* Give getopt a chance to parse this.  */
+    {
+      /* Put it back in OPTIND for getopt.  */
+      parser->opt_data.optind = parser->state.next;
+      /* Distinguish KEY_ERR from a real option.  */
+      parser->opt_data.optopt = KEY_END;
+      if (parser->state.flags & ARGP_LONG_ONLY)
+        opt = _getopt_long_only_r (parser->state.argc, parser->state.argv,
+                                   parser->short_opts, parser->long_opts, 0,
+                                   &parser->opt_data);
+      else
+        opt = _getopt_long_r (parser->state.argc, parser->state.argv,
+                              parser->short_opts, parser->long_opts, 0,
+                              &parser->opt_data);
+      /* And see what getopt did.  */
+      parser->state.next = parser->opt_data.optind;
+
+      if (opt == KEY_END)
+        /* Getopt says there are no more options, so stop using
+           getopt; we'll continue if necessary on our own.  */
+        {
+          parser->try_getopt = 0;
+          if (parser->state.next > 1
+              && strcmp (parser->state.argv[parser->state.next - 1], QUOTE)
+                   == 0)
+            /* Not only is this the end of the options, but it's a
+               `quoted' region, which may have args that *look* like
+               options, so we definitely shouldn't try to use getopt past
+               here, whatever happens.  */
+            parser->state.quoted = parser->state.next;
+        }
+      else if (opt == KEY_ERR && parser->opt_data.optopt != KEY_END)
+        /* KEY_ERR can have the same value as a valid user short
+           option, but in the case of a real error, getopt sets OPTOPT
+           to the offending character, which can never be KEY_END.  */
+        {
+          *arg_ebadkey = 0;
+          return EBADKEY;
+        }
+    }
+  else
+    opt = KEY_END;
+
+  if (opt == KEY_END)
+    {
+      /* We're past what getopt considers the options.  */
+      if (parser->state.next >= parser->state.argc
+          || (parser->state.flags & ARGP_NO_ARGS))
+        /* Indicate that we're done.  */
+        {
+          *arg_ebadkey = 1;
+          return EBADKEY;
+        }
+      else
+        /* A non-option arg; simulate what getopt might have done.  */
+        {
+          opt = KEY_ARG;
+          parser->opt_data.optarg = parser->state.argv[parser->state.next++];
+        }
+    }
+
+  if (opt == KEY_ARG)
+    /* A non-option argument; try each parser in turn.  */
+    err = parser_parse_arg (parser, parser->opt_data.optarg);
+  else
+    err = parser_parse_opt (parser, opt, parser->opt_data.optarg);
+
+  if (err == EBADKEY)
+    *arg_ebadkey = (opt == KEY_END || opt == KEY_ARG);
+
+  return err;
+}
+
+/* Parse the options strings in ARGC & ARGV according to the argp in ARGP.
+   FLAGS is one of the ARGP_ flags above.  If END_INDEX is non-NULL, the
+   index in ARGV of the first unparsed option is returned in it.  If an
+   unknown option is present, EINVAL is returned; if some parser routine
+   returned a non-zero value, it is returned; otherwise 0 is returned.  */
+error_t
+__argp_parse (const struct argp *argp, int argc, char **argv, unsigned flags,
+              int *end_index, void *input)
+{
+  error_t err;
+  struct parser parser;
+
+  /* If true, then err == EBADKEY is a result of a non-option argument failing
+     to be parsed (which in some cases isn't actually an error).  */
+  int arg_ebadkey = 0;
+
+#ifndef _LIBC
+  if (!(flags & ARGP_PARSE_ARGV0))
+    {
+#ifdef HAVE_DECL_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_NAME
+      if (!program_invocation_name)
+        program_invocation_name = argv[0];
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_DECL_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_SHORT_NAME
+      if (!program_invocation_short_name)
+        program_invocation_short_name = __argp_base_name (argv[0]);
+#endif
+    }
+#endif
+
+  if (! (flags & ARGP_NO_HELP))
+    /* Add our own options.  */
+    {
+      struct argp_child *child = alloca (4 * sizeof (struct argp_child));
+      struct argp *top_argp = alloca (sizeof (struct argp));
+
+      /* TOP_ARGP has no options, it just serves to group the user & default
+         argps.  */
+      memset (top_argp, 0, sizeof (*top_argp));
+      top_argp->children = child;
+
+      memset (child, 0, 4 * sizeof (struct argp_child));
+
+      if (argp)
+        (child++)->argp = argp;
+      (child++)->argp = &argp_default_argp;
+      if (argp_program_version || argp_program_version_hook)
+        (child++)->argp = &argp_version_argp;
+      child->argp = 0;
+
+      argp = top_argp;
+    }
+
+  /* Construct a parser for these arguments.  */
+  err = parser_init (&parser, argp, argc, argv, flags, input);
+
+  if (! err)
+    /* Parse! */
+    {
+      while (! err)
+        err = parser_parse_next (&parser, &arg_ebadkey);
+      err = parser_finalize (&parser, err, arg_ebadkey, end_index);
+    }
+
+  return err;
+}
+#ifdef weak_alias
+weak_alias (__argp_parse, argp_parse)
+#endif
+
+/* Return the input field for ARGP in the parser corresponding to STATE; used
+   by the help routines.  */
+void *
+__argp_input (const struct argp *argp, const struct argp_state *state)
+{
+  if (state)
+    {
+      struct group *group;
+      struct parser *parser = state->pstate;
+
+      for (group = parser->groups; group < parser->egroup; group++)
+        if (group->argp == argp)
+          return group->input;
+    }
+
+  return 0;
+}
+#ifdef weak_alias
+weak_alias (__argp_input, _argp_input)
+#endif

gnulib/argp-pin.c

@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+/* Full and short program names for argp module
+   Copyright (C) 2005, 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef HAVE_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_SHORT_NAME
+char *program_invocation_short_name = 0;
+#endif
+#ifndef HAVE_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_NAME
+char *program_invocation_name = 0;
+#endif
+

gnulib/argp-pv.c

@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+/* Default definition for ARGP_PROGRAM_VERSION.
+   Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1999, 2006, 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+   Written by Miles Bader <miles@gnu.ai.mit.edu>.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* If set by the user program to a non-zero value, then a default option
+   --version is added (unless the ARGP_NO_HELP flag is used), which will
+   print this string followed by a newline and exit (unless the
+   ARGP_NO_EXIT flag is used).  Overridden by ARGP_PROGRAM_VERSION_HOOK.  */
+const char *argp_program_version
+/* This variable should be zero-initialized.  On most systems, putting it into
+   BSS is sufficient.  Not so on MacOS X 10.3 and 10.4, see
+   <http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/bug-gnulib/2009-01/msg00329.html>
+   <http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/bug-gnulib/2009-08/msg00096.html>.  */
+#if defined __ELF__
+  /* On ELF systems, variables in BSS behave well.  */
+#else
+  = (const char *) 0
+#endif
+  ;

gnulib/argp-pvh.c

@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+/* Default definition for ARGP_PROGRAM_VERSION_HOOK.
+   Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1999, 2004, 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+   Written by Miles Bader <miles@gnu.ai.mit.edu>.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "argp.h"
+
+/* If set by the user program to a non-zero value, then a default option
+   --version is added (unless the ARGP_NO_HELP flag is used), which calls
+   this function with a stream to print the version to and a pointer to the
+   current parsing state, and then exits (unless the ARGP_NO_EXIT flag is
+   used).  This variable takes precedent over ARGP_PROGRAM_VERSION.  */
+void (*argp_program_version_hook) (FILE *stream, struct argp_state *state) = NULL;

gnulib/argp-version-etc.c

@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+/* Version hook for Argp.
+   Copyright (C) 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+#include <version-etc.h>
+#include <argp.h>
+#include <argp-version-etc.h>
+
+static const char *program_canonical_name;
+static const char * const *program_authors;
+
+static void
+version_etc_hook (FILE *stream, struct argp_state *state)
+{
+  version_etc_ar (stream, program_canonical_name, PACKAGE_NAME, VERSION,
+                  program_authors);
+}
+
+void
+argp_version_setup (const char *name, const char * const *authors)
+{
+  argp_program_version_hook = version_etc_hook;
+  program_canonical_name = name;
+  program_authors = authors;
+}

gnulib/argp-version-etc.h

@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+/* Version hook for Argp.
+   Copyright (C) 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _ARGP_VERSION_ETC_H
+#define _ARGP_VERSION_ETC_H
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Setup standard display of the version information for the `--version'
+   option.  NAME is the canonical program name, and AUTHORS is a NULL-
+   terminated array of author names. At least one author name must be
+   given.
+
+   If NAME is NULL, the package name (as given by the PACKAGE macro)
+   is asumed to be the name of the program.
+
+   This function is intended to be called before argp_parse().
+*/
+extern void argp_version_setup (const char *name, const char * const *authors);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _ARGP_VERSION_ETC_H */

gnulib/argp-xinl.c

@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+/* Real definitions for extern inline functions in argp.h
+   Copyright (C) 1997, 1998, 2004, 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+   Written by Miles Bader <miles@gnu.ai.mit.edu>.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_FEATURES_H
+# include <features.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef __USE_EXTERN_INLINES
+# define __USE_EXTERN_INLINES   1
+#endif
+#define ARGP_EI
+#undef __OPTIMIZE__
+#define __OPTIMIZE__ 1
+#include "argp.h"
+
+/* Add weak aliases.  */
+#if _LIBC - 0 && defined (weak_alias)
+
+weak_alias (__argp_usage, argp_usage)
+weak_alias (__option_is_short, _option_is_short)
+weak_alias (__option_is_end, _option_is_end)
+
+#endif

gnulib/argp.h

@@ -0,0 +1,645 @@
+/* Hierarchial argument parsing, layered over getopt.
+   Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2003-2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+   Written by Miles Bader <miles@gnu.ai.mit.edu>.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _ARGP_H
+#define _ARGP_H
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <getopt.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+
+#define __need_error_t
+#include <errno.h>
+
+#ifndef __THROW
+# define __THROW
+#endif
+#ifndef __NTH
+# define __NTH(fct) fct __THROW
+#endif
+
+#ifndef __attribute__
+/* The __attribute__ feature is available in gcc versions 2.5 and later.
+   The __-protected variants of the attributes 'format' and 'printf' are
+   accepted by gcc versions 2.6.4 (effectively 2.7) and later.
+   We enable __attribute__ only if these are supported too, because
+   gnulib and libintl do '#define printf __printf__' when they override
+   the 'printf' function.  */
+# if __GNUC__ < 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 7)
+#  define __attribute__(Spec)   /* empty */
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* GCC 2.95 and later have "__restrict"; C99 compilers have
+   "restrict", and "configure" may have defined "restrict".
+   Other compilers use __restrict, __restrict__, and _Restrict, and
+   'configure' might #define 'restrict' to those words.  */
+#ifndef __restrict
+# if ! (2 < __GNUC__ || (2 == __GNUC__ && 95 <= __GNUC_MINOR__))
+#  if 199901L <= __STDC_VERSION__
+#   define __restrict restrict
+#  else
+#   define __restrict
+#  endif
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef __error_t_defined
+typedef int error_t;
+# define __error_t_defined
+#endif
+
+#ifdef  __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* A description of a particular option.  A pointer to an array of
+   these is passed in the OPTIONS field of an argp structure.  Each option
+   entry can correspond to one long option and/or one short option; more
+   names for the same option can be added by following an entry in an option
+   array with options having the OPTION_ALIAS flag set.  */
+struct argp_option
+{
+  /* The long option name.  For more than one name for the same option, you
+     can use following options with the OPTION_ALIAS flag set.  */
+  const char *name;
+
+  /* What key is returned for this option.  If > 0 and printable, then it's
+     also accepted as a short option.  */
+  int key;
+
+  /* If non-NULL, this is the name of the argument associated with this
+     option, which is required unless the OPTION_ARG_OPTIONAL flag is set. */
+  const char *arg;
+
+  /* OPTION_ flags.  */
+  int flags;
+
+  /* The doc string for this option.  If both NAME and KEY are 0, This string
+     will be printed outdented from the normal option column, making it
+     useful as a group header (it will be the first thing printed in its
+     group); in this usage, it's conventional to end the string with a `:'.
+
+     Write the initial value as N_("TEXT") if you want xgettext to collect
+     it into a POT file.  */
+  const char *doc;
+
+  /* The group this option is in.  In a long help message, options are sorted
+     alphabetically within each group, and the groups presented in the order
+     0, 1, 2, ..., n, -m, ..., -2, -1.  Every entry in an options array with
+     if this field 0 will inherit the group number of the previous entry, or
+     zero if it's the first one, unless its a group header (NAME and KEY both
+     0), in which case, the previous entry + 1 is the default.  Automagic
+     options such as --help are put into group -1.  */
+  int group;
+};
+
+/* The argument associated with this option is optional.  */
+#define OPTION_ARG_OPTIONAL     0x1
+
+/* This option isn't displayed in any help messages.  */
+#define OPTION_HIDDEN           0x2
+
+/* This option is an alias for the closest previous non-alias option.  This
+   means that it will be displayed in the same help entry, and will inherit
+   fields other than NAME and KEY from the aliased option.  */
+#define OPTION_ALIAS            0x4
+
+/* This option isn't actually an option (and so should be ignored by the
+   actual option parser), but rather an arbitrary piece of documentation that
+   should be displayed in much the same manner as the options.  If this flag
+   is set, then the option NAME field is displayed unmodified (e.g., no `--'
+   prefix is added) at the left-margin (where a *short* option would normally
+   be displayed), and the documentation string in the normal place. The NAME
+   field will be translated using gettext, unless OPTION_NO_TRANS is set (see
+   below). For purposes of sorting, any leading whitespace and punctuation is
+   ignored, except that if the first non-whitespace character is not `-', this
+   entry is displayed after all options (and OPTION_DOC entries with a leading
+   `-') in the same group.  */
+#define OPTION_DOC              0x8
+
+/* This option shouldn't be included in `long' usage messages (but is still
+   included in help messages).  This is mainly intended for options that are
+   completely documented in an argp's ARGS_DOC field, in which case including
+   the option in the generic usage list would be redundant.  For instance,
+   if ARGS_DOC is "FOO BAR\n-x BLAH", and the `-x' option's purpose is to
+   distinguish these two cases, -x should probably be marked
+   OPTION_NO_USAGE.  */
+#define OPTION_NO_USAGE         0x10
+
+/* Valid only in conjunction with OPTION_DOC. This option disables translation
+   of option name. */
+#define OPTION_NO_TRANS         0x20
+
+
+struct argp;                    /* fwd declare this type */
+struct argp_state;              /* " */
+struct argp_child;              /* " */
+
+/* The type of a pointer to an argp parsing function.  */
+typedef error_t (*argp_parser_t) (int key, char *arg,
+                                  struct argp_state *state);
+
+/* What to return for unrecognized keys.  For special ARGP_KEY_ keys, such
+   returns will simply be ignored.  For user keys, this error will be turned
+   into EINVAL (if the call to argp_parse is such that errors are propagated
+   back to the user instead of exiting); returning EINVAL itself would result
+   in an immediate stop to parsing in *all* cases.  */
+#define ARGP_ERR_UNKNOWN        E2BIG /* Hurd should never need E2BIG.  XXX */
+
+/* Special values for the KEY argument to an argument parsing function.
+   ARGP_ERR_UNKNOWN should be returned if they aren't understood.
+
+   The sequence of keys to a parsing function is either (where each
+   uppercased word should be prefixed by `ARGP_KEY_' and opt is a user key):
+
+       INIT opt... NO_ARGS END SUCCESS  -- No non-option arguments at all
+   or  INIT (opt | ARG)... END SUCCESS  -- All non-option args parsed
+   or  INIT (opt | ARG)... SUCCESS      -- Some non-option arg unrecognized
+
+   The third case is where every parser returned ARGP_KEY_UNKNOWN for an
+   argument, in which case parsing stops at that argument (returning the
+   unparsed arguments to the caller of argp_parse if requested, or stopping
+   with an error message if not).
+
+   If an error occurs (either detected by argp, or because the parsing
+   function returned an error value), then the parser is called with
+   ARGP_KEY_ERROR, and no further calls are made.  */
+
+/* This is not an option at all, but rather a command line argument.  If a
+   parser receiving this key returns success, the fact is recorded, and the
+   ARGP_KEY_NO_ARGS case won't be used.  HOWEVER, if while processing the
+   argument, a parser function decrements the NEXT field of the state it's
+   passed, the option won't be considered processed; this is to allow you to
+   actually modify the argument (perhaps into an option), and have it
+   processed again.  */
+#define ARGP_KEY_ARG            0
+/* There are remaining arguments not parsed by any parser, which may be found
+   starting at (STATE->argv + STATE->next).  If success is returned, but
+   STATE->next left untouched, it's assumed that all arguments were consume,
+   otherwise, the parser should adjust STATE->next to reflect any arguments
+   consumed.  */
+#define ARGP_KEY_ARGS           0x1000006
+/* There are no more command line arguments at all.  */
+#define ARGP_KEY_END            0x1000001
+/* Because it's common to want to do some special processing if there aren't
+   any non-option args, user parsers are called with this key if they didn't
+   successfully process any non-option arguments.  Called just before
+   ARGP_KEY_END (where more general validity checks on previously parsed
+   arguments can take place).  */
+#define ARGP_KEY_NO_ARGS        0x1000002
+/* Passed in before any parsing is done.  Afterwards, the values of each
+   element of the CHILD_INPUT field, if any, in the state structure is
+   copied to each child's state to be the initial value of the INPUT field.  */
+#define ARGP_KEY_INIT           0x1000003
+/* Use after all other keys, including SUCCESS & END.  */
+#define ARGP_KEY_FINI           0x1000007
+/* Passed in when parsing has successfully been completed (even if there are
+   still arguments remaining).  */
+#define ARGP_KEY_SUCCESS        0x1000004
+/* Passed in if an error occurs.  */
+#define ARGP_KEY_ERROR          0x1000005
+
+/* An argp structure contains a set of options declarations, a function to
+   deal with parsing one, documentation string, a possible vector of child
+   argp's, and perhaps a function to filter help output.  When actually
+   parsing options, getopt is called with the union of all the argp
+   structures chained together through their CHILD pointers, with conflicts
+   being resolved in favor of the first occurrence in the chain.  */
+struct argp
+{
+  /* An array of argp_option structures, terminated by an entry with both
+     NAME and KEY having a value of 0.  */
+  const struct argp_option *options;
+
+  /* What to do with an option from this structure.  KEY is the key
+     associated with the option, and ARG is any associated argument (NULL if
+     none was supplied).  If KEY isn't understood, ARGP_ERR_UNKNOWN should be
+     returned.  If a non-zero, non-ARGP_ERR_UNKNOWN value is returned, then
+     parsing is stopped immediately, and that value is returned from
+     argp_parse().  For special (non-user-supplied) values of KEY, see the
+     ARGP_KEY_ definitions below.  */
+  argp_parser_t parser;
+
+  /* A string describing what other arguments are wanted by this program.  It
+     is only used by argp_usage to print the `Usage:' message.  If it
+     contains newlines, the strings separated by them are considered
+     alternative usage patterns, and printed on separate lines (lines after
+     the first are prefix by `  or: ' instead of `Usage:').  */
+  const char *args_doc;
+
+  /* If non-NULL, a string containing extra text to be printed before and
+     after the options in a long help message (separated by a vertical tab
+     `\v' character).
+     Write the initial value as N_("BEFORE-TEXT") "\v" N_("AFTER-TEXT") if
+     you want xgettext to collect the two pieces of text into a POT file.  */
+  const char *doc;
+
+  /* A vector of argp_children structures, terminated by a member with a 0
+     argp field, pointing to child argps should be parsed with this one.  Any
+     conflicts are resolved in favor of this argp, or early argps in the
+     CHILDREN list.  This field is useful if you use libraries that supply
+     their own argp structure, which you want to use in conjunction with your
+     own.  */
+  const struct argp_child *children;
+
+  /* If non-zero, this should be a function to filter the output of help
+     messages.  KEY is either a key from an option, in which case TEXT is
+     that option's help text, or a special key from the ARGP_KEY_HELP_
+     defines, below, describing which other help text TEXT is.  The function
+     should return either TEXT, if it should be used as-is, a replacement
+     string, which should be malloced, and will be freed by argp, or NULL,
+     meaning `print nothing'.  The value for TEXT is *after* any translation
+     has been done, so if any of the replacement text also needs translation,
+     that should be done by the filter function.  INPUT is either the input
+     supplied to argp_parse, or NULL, if argp_help was called directly.  */
+  char *(*help_filter) (int __key, const char *__text, void *__input);
+
+  /* If non-zero the strings used in the argp library are translated using
+     the domain described by this string.  Otherwise the currently installed
+     default domain is used.  */
+  const char *argp_domain;
+};
+
+/* Possible KEY arguments to a help filter function.  */
+#define ARGP_KEY_HELP_PRE_DOC   0x2000001 /* Help text preceeding options. */
+#define ARGP_KEY_HELP_POST_DOC  0x2000002 /* Help text following options. */
+#define ARGP_KEY_HELP_HEADER    0x2000003 /* Option header string. */
+#define ARGP_KEY_HELP_EXTRA     0x2000004 /* After all other documentation;
+                                             TEXT is NULL for this key.  */
+/* Explanatory note emitted when duplicate option arguments have been
+   suppressed.  */
+#define ARGP_KEY_HELP_DUP_ARGS_NOTE 0x2000005
+#define ARGP_KEY_HELP_ARGS_DOC  0x2000006 /* Argument doc string.  */
+
+/* When an argp has a non-zero CHILDREN field, it should point to a vector of
+   argp_child structures, each of which describes a subsidiary argp.  */
+struct argp_child
+{
+  /* The child parser.  */
+  const struct argp *argp;
+
+  /* Flags for this child.  */
+  int flags;
+
+  /* If non-zero, an optional header to be printed in help output before the
+     child options.  As a side-effect, a non-zero value forces the child
+     options to be grouped together; to achieve this effect without actually
+     printing a header string, use a value of "".  */
+  const char *header;
+
+  /* Where to group the child options relative to the other (`consolidated')
+     options in the parent argp; the values are the same as the GROUP field
+     in argp_option structs, but all child-groupings follow parent options at
+     a particular group level.  If both this field and HEADER are zero, then
+     they aren't grouped at all, but rather merged with the parent options
+     (merging the child's grouping levels with the parents).  */
+  int group;
+};
+
+/* Parsing state.  This is provided to parsing functions called by argp,
+   which may examine and, as noted, modify fields.  */
+struct argp_state
+{
+  /* The top level ARGP being parsed.  */
+  const struct argp *root_argp;
+
+  /* The argument vector being parsed.  May be modified.  */
+  int argc;
+  char **argv;
+
+  /* The index in ARGV of the next arg that to be parsed.  May be modified. */
+  int next;
+
+  /* The flags supplied to argp_parse.  May be modified.  */
+  unsigned flags;
+
+  /* While calling a parsing function with a key of ARGP_KEY_ARG, this is the
+     number of the current arg, starting at zero, and incremented after each
+     such call returns.  At all other times, this is the number of such
+     arguments that have been processed.  */
+  unsigned arg_num;
+
+  /* If non-zero, the index in ARGV of the first argument following a special
+     `--' argument (which prevents anything following being interpreted as an
+     option).  Only set once argument parsing has proceeded past this point. */
+  int quoted;
+
+  /* An arbitrary pointer passed in from the user.  */
+  void *input;
+  /* Values to pass to child parsers.  This vector will be the same length as
+     the number of children for the current parser.  */
+  void **child_inputs;
+
+  /* For the parser's use.  Initialized to 0.  */
+  void *hook;
+
+  /* The name used when printing messages.  This is initialized to ARGV[0],
+     or PROGRAM_INVOCATION_NAME if that is unavailable.  */
+  char *name;
+
+  /* Streams used when argp prints something.  */
+  FILE *err_stream;             /* For errors; initialized to stderr. */
+  FILE *out_stream;             /* For information; initialized to stdout. */
+
+  void *pstate;                 /* Private, for use by argp.  */
+};
+
+/* Flags for argp_parse (note that the defaults are those that are
+   convenient for program command line parsing): */
+
+/* Don't ignore the first element of ARGV.  Normally (and always unless
+   ARGP_NO_ERRS is set) the first element of the argument vector is
+   skipped for option parsing purposes, as it corresponds to the program name
+   in a command line.  */
+#define ARGP_PARSE_ARGV0  0x01
+
+/* Don't print error messages for unknown options to stderr; unless this flag
+   is set, ARGP_PARSE_ARGV0 is ignored, as ARGV[0] is used as the program
+   name in the error messages.  This flag implies ARGP_NO_EXIT (on the
+   assumption that silent exiting upon errors is bad behaviour).  */
+#define ARGP_NO_ERRS    0x02
+
+/* Don't parse any non-option args.  Normally non-option args are parsed by
+   calling the parse functions with a key of ARGP_KEY_ARG, and the actual arg
+   as the value.  Since it's impossible to know which parse function wants to
+   handle it, each one is called in turn, until one returns 0 or an error
+   other than ARGP_ERR_UNKNOWN; if an argument is handled by no one, the
+   argp_parse returns prematurely (but with a return value of 0).  If all
+   args have been parsed without error, all parsing functions are called one
+   last time with a key of ARGP_KEY_END.  This flag needn't normally be set,
+   as the normal behavior is to stop parsing as soon as some argument can't
+   be handled.  */
+#define ARGP_NO_ARGS    0x04
+
+/* Parse options and arguments in the same order they occur on the command
+   line -- normally they're rearranged so that all options come first. */
+#define ARGP_IN_ORDER   0x08
+
+/* Don't provide the standard long option --help, which causes usage and
+      option help information to be output to stdout, and exit (0) called. */
+#define ARGP_NO_HELP    0x10
+
+/* Don't exit on errors (they may still result in error messages).  */
+#define ARGP_NO_EXIT    0x20
+
+/* Use the gnu getopt `long-only' rules for parsing arguments.  */
+#define ARGP_LONG_ONLY  0x40
+
+/* Turns off any message-printing/exiting options.  */
+#define ARGP_SILENT    (ARGP_NO_EXIT | ARGP_NO_ERRS | ARGP_NO_HELP)
+
+/* Parse the options strings in ARGC & ARGV according to the options in ARGP.
+   FLAGS is one of the ARGP_ flags above.  If ARG_INDEX is non-NULL, the
+   index in ARGV of the first unparsed option is returned in it.  If an
+   unknown option is present, ARGP_ERR_UNKNOWN is returned; if some parser
+   routine returned a non-zero value, it is returned; otherwise 0 is
+   returned.  This function may also call exit unless the ARGP_NO_HELP flag
+   is set.  INPUT is a pointer to a value to be passed in to the parser.  */
+extern error_t argp_parse (const struct argp *__restrict __argp,
+                           int /*argc*/, char **__restrict /*argv*/,
+                           unsigned __flags, int *__restrict __arg_index,
+                           void *__restrict __input);
+extern error_t __argp_parse (const struct argp *__restrict __argp,
+                             int /*argc*/, char **__restrict /*argv*/,
+                             unsigned __flags, int *__restrict __arg_index,
+                             void *__restrict __input);
+
+/* Global variables.  */
+
+/* GNULIB makes sure both program_invocation_name and
+   program_invocation_short_name are available */
+#ifdef GNULIB_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_NAME
+extern char *program_invocation_name;
+# undef HAVE_DECL_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_NAME
+# define HAVE_DECL_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_NAME 1
+#endif
+
+#ifdef GNULIB_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_SHORT_NAME
+extern char *program_invocation_short_name;
+# undef HAVE_DECL_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_SHORT_NAME
+# define HAVE_DECL_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_SHORT_NAME 1
+#endif
+
+/* If defined or set by the user program to a non-zero value, then a default
+   option --version is added (unless the ARGP_NO_HELP flag is used), which
+   will print this string followed by a newline and exit (unless the
+   ARGP_NO_EXIT flag is used).  Overridden by ARGP_PROGRAM_VERSION_HOOK.  */
+extern const char *argp_program_version;
+
+/* If defined or set by the user program to a non-zero value, then a default
+   option --version is added (unless the ARGP_NO_HELP flag is used), which
+   calls this function with a stream to print the version to and a pointer to
+   the current parsing state, and then exits (unless the ARGP_NO_EXIT flag is
+   used).  This variable takes precedent over ARGP_PROGRAM_VERSION.  */
+extern void (*argp_program_version_hook) (FILE *__restrict __stream,
+                                          struct argp_state *__restrict
+                                          __state);
+
+/* If defined or set by the user program, it should point to string that is
+   the bug-reporting address for the program.  It will be printed by
+   argp_help if the ARGP_HELP_BUG_ADDR flag is set (as it is by various
+   standard help messages), embedded in a sentence that says something like
+   `Report bugs to ADDR.'.  */
+extern const char *argp_program_bug_address;
+
+/* The exit status that argp will use when exiting due to a parsing error.
+   If not defined or set by the user program, this defaults to EX_USAGE from
+   <sysexits.h>.  */
+extern error_t argp_err_exit_status;
+
+/* Flags for argp_help.  */
+#define ARGP_HELP_USAGE         0x01 /* a Usage: message. */
+#define ARGP_HELP_SHORT_USAGE   0x02 /*  " but don't actually print options. */
+#define ARGP_HELP_SEE           0x04 /* a `Try ... for more help' message. */
+#define ARGP_HELP_LONG          0x08 /* a long help message. */
+#define ARGP_HELP_PRE_DOC       0x10 /* doc string preceding long help.  */
+#define ARGP_HELP_POST_DOC      0x20 /* doc string following long help.  */
+#define ARGP_HELP_DOC           (ARGP_HELP_PRE_DOC | ARGP_HELP_POST_DOC)
+#define ARGP_HELP_BUG_ADDR      0x40 /* bug report address */
+#define ARGP_HELP_LONG_ONLY     0x80 /* modify output appropriately to
+                                        reflect ARGP_LONG_ONLY mode.  */
+
+/* These ARGP_HELP flags are only understood by argp_state_help.  */
+#define ARGP_HELP_EXIT_ERR      0x100 /* Call exit(1) instead of returning.  */
+#define ARGP_HELP_EXIT_OK       0x200 /* Call exit(0) instead of returning.  */
+
+/* The standard thing to do after a program command line parsing error, if an
+   error message has already been printed.  */
+#define ARGP_HELP_STD_ERR \
+  (ARGP_HELP_SEE | ARGP_HELP_EXIT_ERR)
+/* The standard thing to do after a program command line parsing error, if no
+   more specific error message has been printed.  */
+#define ARGP_HELP_STD_USAGE \
+  (ARGP_HELP_SHORT_USAGE | ARGP_HELP_SEE | ARGP_HELP_EXIT_ERR)
+/* The standard thing to do in response to a --help option.  */
+#define ARGP_HELP_STD_HELP \
+  (ARGP_HELP_SHORT_USAGE | ARGP_HELP_LONG | ARGP_HELP_EXIT_OK \
+   | ARGP_HELP_DOC | ARGP_HELP_BUG_ADDR)
+
+/* Output a usage message for ARGP to STREAM.  FLAGS are from the set
+   ARGP_HELP_*.  */
+extern void argp_help (const struct argp *__restrict __argp,
+                       FILE *__restrict __stream,
+                       unsigned __flags, char *__restrict __name);
+extern void __argp_help (const struct argp *__restrict __argp,
+                         FILE *__restrict __stream, unsigned __flags,
+                         char *__name);
+
+/* The following routines are intended to be called from within an argp
+   parsing routine (thus taking an argp_state structure as the first
+   argument).  They may or may not print an error message and exit, depending
+   on the flags in STATE -- in any case, the caller should be prepared for
+   them *not* to exit, and should return an appropiate error after calling
+   them.  [argp_usage & argp_error should probably be called argp_state_...,
+   but they're used often enough that they should be short]  */
+
+/* Output, if appropriate, a usage message for STATE to STREAM.  FLAGS are
+   from the set ARGP_HELP_*.  */
+extern void argp_state_help (const struct argp_state *__restrict __state,
+                             FILE *__restrict __stream,
+                             unsigned int __flags);
+extern void __argp_state_help (const struct argp_state *__restrict __state,
+                               FILE *__restrict __stream,
+                               unsigned int __flags);
+
+#if _LIBC || !defined __USE_EXTERN_INLINES
+/* Possibly output the standard usage message for ARGP to stderr and exit.  */
+extern void argp_usage (const struct argp_state *__state);
+extern void __argp_usage (const struct argp_state *__state);
+#endif
+
+/* If appropriate, print the printf string FMT and following args, preceded
+   by the program name and `:', to stderr, and followed by a `Try ... --help'
+   message, then exit (1).  */
+extern void argp_error (const struct argp_state *__restrict __state,
+                        const char *__restrict __fmt, ...)
+     __attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, 2, 3)));
+extern void __argp_error (const struct argp_state *__restrict __state,
+                          const char *__restrict __fmt, ...)
+     __attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, 2, 3)));
+
+/* Similar to the standard gnu error-reporting function error(), but will
+   respect the ARGP_NO_EXIT and ARGP_NO_ERRS flags in STATE, and will print
+   to STATE->err_stream.  This is useful for argument parsing code that is
+   shared between program startup (when exiting is desired) and runtime
+   option parsing (when typically an error code is returned instead).  The
+   difference between this function and argp_error is that the latter is for
+   *parsing errors*, and the former is for other problems that occur during
+   parsing but don't reflect a (syntactic) problem with the input.  */
+extern void argp_failure (const struct argp_state *__restrict __state,
+                          int __status, int __errnum,
+                          const char *__restrict __fmt, ...)
+     __attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, 4, 5)));
+extern void __argp_failure (const struct argp_state *__restrict __state,
+                            int __status, int __errnum,
+                            const char *__restrict __fmt, ...)
+     __attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, 4, 5)));
+
+#if _LIBC || !defined __USE_EXTERN_INLINES
+/* Returns true if the option OPT is a valid short option.  */
+extern int _option_is_short (const struct argp_option *__opt) __THROW;
+extern int __option_is_short (const struct argp_option *__opt) __THROW;
+
+/* Returns true if the option OPT is in fact the last (unused) entry in an
+   options array.  */
+extern int _option_is_end (const struct argp_option *__opt) __THROW;
+extern int __option_is_end (const struct argp_option *__opt) __THROW;
+#endif
+
+/* Return the input field for ARGP in the parser corresponding to STATE; used
+   by the help routines.  */
+extern void *_argp_input (const struct argp *__restrict __argp,
+                          const struct argp_state *__restrict __state)
+     __THROW;
+extern void *__argp_input (const struct argp *__restrict __argp,
+                           const struct argp_state *__restrict __state)
+     __THROW;
+
+#ifdef __USE_EXTERN_INLINES
+
+# if !_LIBC
+#  define __argp_usage argp_usage
+#  define __argp_state_help argp_state_help
+#  define __option_is_short _option_is_short
+#  define __option_is_end _option_is_end
+# endif
+
+# ifndef ARGP_EI
+#  ifdef __GNUC__
+    /* GCC 4.3 and above with -std=c99 or -std=gnu99 implements ISO C99
+       inline semantics, unless -fgnu89-inline is used.  It defines a macro
+       __GNUC_STDC_INLINE__ to indicate this situation or a macro
+       __GNUC_GNU_INLINE__ to indicate the opposite situation.
+       GCC 4.2 with -std=c99 or -std=gnu99 implements the GNU C inline
+       semantics but warns, unless -fgnu89-inline is used:
+         warning: C99 inline functions are not supported; using GNU89
+         warning: to disable this warning use -fgnu89-inline or the gnu_inline function attribute
+       It defines a macro __GNUC_GNU_INLINE__ to indicate this situation.  */
+#   if defined __GNUC_STDC_INLINE__
+#    define ARGP_EI __inline__
+#   elif defined __GNUC_GNU_INLINE__
+#    define ARGP_EI extern __inline__ __attribute__ ((__gnu_inline__))
+#   else
+#    define ARGP_EI extern __inline__
+#   endif
+#  else
+    /* With other compilers, assume the ISO C99 meaning of 'inline', if
+       the compiler supports 'inline' at all.  */
+#   define ARGP_EI inline
+#  endif
+# endif
+
+ARGP_EI void
+__argp_usage (const struct argp_state *__state)
+{
+  __argp_state_help (__state, stderr, ARGP_HELP_STD_USAGE);
+}
+
+ARGP_EI int
+__NTH (__option_is_short (const struct argp_option *__opt))
+{
+  if (__opt->flags & OPTION_DOC)
+    return 0;
+  else
+    {
+      int __key = __opt->key;
+      return __key > 0 && __key <= UCHAR_MAX && isprint (__key);
+    }
+}
+
+ARGP_EI int
+__NTH (__option_is_end (const struct argp_option *__opt))
+{
+  return !__opt->key && !__opt->name && !__opt->doc && !__opt->group;
+}
+
+# if !_LIBC
+#  undef __argp_usage
+#  undef __argp_state_help
+#  undef __option_is_short
+#  undef __option_is_end
+# endif
+#endif /* Use extern inlines.  */
+
+#ifdef  __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* argp.h */

gnulib/error.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* Error handler for noninteractive utilities
-   Copyright (C) 1990-1998, 2000-2007, 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1990-1998, 2000-2007, 2009-2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
    This file is part of the GNU C Library.
 
    This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -70,8 +70,8 @@ unsigned int error_message_count;
 extern void __error (int status, int errnum, const char *message, ...)
      __attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, 3, 4)));
 extern void __error_at_line (int status, int errnum, const char *file_name,
-			     unsigned int line_number, const char *message,
+                             unsigned int line_number, const char *message,
-			     ...)
+                             ...)
      __attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, 5, 6)));;
 # define error __error
 # define error_at_line __error_at_line
@@ -86,6 +86,7 @@ extern void __error_at_line (int status, int errnum, const char *file_name,
 #else /* not _LIBC */
 
 # include <fcntl.h>
+# include <unistd.h>
 
 # if !HAVE_DECL_STRERROR_R && STRERROR_R_CHAR_P
 #  ifndef HAVE_DECL_STRERROR_R
@@ -100,8 +101,33 @@ extern char *program_name;
 
 # if HAVE_STRERROR_R || defined strerror_r
 #  define __strerror_r strerror_r
-# endif	/* HAVE_STRERROR_R || defined strerror_r */
+# endif /* HAVE_STRERROR_R || defined strerror_r */
-#endif	/* not _LIBC */
+#endif  /* not _LIBC */
+
+static inline void
+flush_stdout (void)
+{
+#if !_LIBC && defined F_GETFL
+  int stdout_fd;
+
+# if GNULIB_FREOPEN_SAFER
+  /* Use of gnulib's freopen-safer module normally ensures that
+       fileno (stdout) == 1
+     whenever stdout is open.  */
+  stdout_fd = STDOUT_FILENO;
+# else
+  /* POSIX states that fileno (stdout) after fclose is unspecified.  But in
+     practice it is not a problem, because stdout is statically allocated and
+     the fd of a FILE stream is stored as a field in its allocated memory.  */
+  stdout_fd = fileno (stdout);
+# endif
+  /* POSIX states that fflush (stdout) after fclose is unspecified; it
+     is safe in glibc, but not on all other platforms.  fflush (NULL)
+     is always defined, but too draconian.  */
+  if (0 <= stdout_fd && 0 <= fcntl (stdout_fd, F_GETFL))
+#endif
+    fflush (stdout);
+}
 
 static void
 print_errno_message (int errnum)
@@ -149,58 +175,58 @@ error_tail (int status, int errnum, const char *message, va_list args)
       bool use_malloc = false;
 
       while (1)
-	{
+        {
-	  if (__libc_use_alloca (len * sizeof (wchar_t)))
+          if (__libc_use_alloca (len * sizeof (wchar_t)))
-	    wmessage = (wchar_t *) alloca (len * sizeof (wchar_t));
+            wmessage = (wchar_t *) alloca (len * sizeof (wchar_t));
-	  else
+          else
-	    {
+            {
-	      if (!use_malloc)
+              if (!use_malloc)
-		wmessage = NULL;
+                wmessage = NULL;
 
-	      wchar_t *p = (wchar_t *) realloc (wmessage,
+              wchar_t *p = (wchar_t *) realloc (wmessage,
-						len * sizeof (wchar_t));
+                                                len * sizeof (wchar_t));
-	      if (p == NULL)
+              if (p == NULL)
-		{
+                {
-		  free (wmessage);
+                  free (wmessage);
-		  fputws_unlocked (L"out of memory\n", stderr);
+                  fputws_unlocked (L"out of memory\n", stderr);
-		  return;
+                  return;
-		}
+                }
-	      wmessage = p;
+              wmessage = p;
-	      use_malloc = true;
+              use_malloc = true;
-	    }
+            }
 
-	  memset (&st, '\0', sizeof (st));
+          memset (&st, '\0', sizeof (st));
-	  tmp = message;
+          tmp = message;
 
-	  res = mbsrtowcs (wmessage, &tmp, len, &st);
+          res = mbsrtowcs (wmessage, &tmp, len, &st);
-	  if (res != len)
+          if (res != len)
-	    break;
+            break;
 
-	  if (__builtin_expect (len >= SIZE_MAX / 2, 0))
+          if (__builtin_expect (len >= SIZE_MAX / 2, 0))
-	    {
+            {
-	      /* This really should not happen if everything is fine.  */
+              /* This really should not happen if everything is fine.  */
-	      res = (size_t) -1;
+              res = (size_t) -1;
-	      break;
+              break;
-	    }
+            }
 
-	  len *= 2;
+          len *= 2;
-	}
+        }
 
       if (res == (size_t) -1)
-	{
+        {
-	  /* The string cannot be converted.  */
+          /* The string cannot be converted.  */
-	  if (use_malloc)
+          if (use_malloc)
-	    {
+            {
-	      free (wmessage);
+              free (wmessage);
-	      use_malloc = false;
+              use_malloc = false;
-	    }
+            }
-	  wmessage = (wchar_t *) L"???";
+          wmessage = (wchar_t *) L"???";
-	}
+        }
 
       __vfwprintf (stderr, wmessage, args);
 
       if (use_malloc)
-	free (wmessage);
+        free (wmessage);
     }
   else
 #endif
@@ -235,16 +261,10 @@ error (int status, int errnum, const char *message, ...)
      cancellation.  Therefore disable cancellation for now.  */
   int state = PTHREAD_CANCEL_ENABLE;
   __libc_ptf_call (pthread_setcancelstate, (PTHREAD_CANCEL_DISABLE, &state),
-		   0);
+                   0);
 #endif
 
-#if !_LIBC && defined F_GETFL
+  flush_stdout ();
-  /* POSIX states that fflush (stdout) after fclose is unspecified; it
-     is safe in glibc, but not on all other platforms.  fflush (NULL)
-     is always defined, but too draconian.  */
-  if (0 <= fcntl (1, F_GETFL))
-#endif
-  fflush (stdout);
 #ifdef _LIBC
   _IO_flockfile (stderr);
 #endif
@@ -276,7 +296,7 @@ int error_one_per_line;
 
 void
 error_at_line (int status, int errnum, const char *file_name,
-	       unsigned int line_number, const char *message, ...)
+               unsigned int line_number, const char *message, ...)
 {
   va_list args;
 
@@ -286,10 +306,10 @@ error_at_line (int status, int errnum, const char *file_name,
       static unsigned int old_line_number;
 
       if (old_line_number == line_number
-	  && (file_name == old_file_name
+          && (file_name == old_file_name
-	      || strcmp (old_file_name, file_name) == 0))
+              || strcmp (old_file_name, file_name) == 0))
-	/* Simply return and print nothing.  */
+        /* Simply return and print nothing.  */
-	return;
+        return;
 
       old_file_name = file_name;
       old_line_number = line_number;
@@ -300,16 +320,10 @@ error_at_line (int status, int errnum, const char *file_name,
      cancellation.  Therefore disable cancellation for now.  */
   int state = PTHREAD_CANCEL_ENABLE;
   __libc_ptf_call (pthread_setcancelstate, (PTHREAD_CANCEL_DISABLE, &state),
-		   0);
+                   0);
 #endif
 
-#if !_LIBC && defined F_GETFL
+  flush_stdout ();
-  /* POSIX states that fflush (stdout) after fclose is unspecified; it
-     is safe in glibc, but not on all other platforms.  fflush (NULL)
-     is always defined, but too draconian.  */
-  if (0 <= fcntl (1, F_GETFL))
-#endif
-  fflush (stdout);
 #ifdef _LIBC
   _IO_flockfile (stderr);
 #endif
@@ -326,10 +340,10 @@ error_at_line (int status, int errnum, const char *file_name,
 
 #if _LIBC
   __fxprintf (NULL, file_name != NULL ? "%s:%d: " : " ",
-	      file_name, line_number);
+              file_name, line_number);
 #else
   fprintf (stderr, file_name != NULL ? "%s:%d: " : " ",
-	   file_name, line_number);
+           file_name, line_number);
 #endif
 
   va_start (args, message);

gnulib/error.h

@@ -1,5 +1,6 @@
 /* Declaration for error-reporting function
-   Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997, 2003, 2006, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997, 2003, 2006, 2008, 2009, 2010 Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc.
    This file is part of the GNU C Library.
 
    This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -19,19 +20,18 @@
 #define _ERROR_H 1
 
 #ifndef __attribute__
-/* This feature is available in gcc versions 2.5 and later.  */
+/* The __attribute__ feature is available in gcc versions 2.5 and later.
-# if __GNUC__ < 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 5)
+   The __-protected variants of the attributes 'format' and 'printf' are
-#  define __attribute__(Spec) /* empty */
+   accepted by gcc versions 2.6.4 (effectively 2.7) and later.
-# endif
+   We enable __attribute__ only if these are supported too, because
-/* The __-protected variants of `format' and `printf' attributes
+   gnulib and libintl do '#define printf __printf__' when they override
-   are accepted by gcc versions 2.6.4 (effectively 2.7) and later.  */
+   the 'printf' function.  */
 # if __GNUC__ < 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 7)
-#  define __format__ format
+#  define __attribute__(Spec)   /* empty */
-#  define __printf__ printf
 # endif
 #endif
 
-#ifdef	__cplusplus
+#ifdef __cplusplus
 extern "C" {
 #endif
 
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ extern void error (int __status, int __errnum, const char *__format, ...)
      __attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, 3, 4)));
 
 extern void error_at_line (int __status, int __errnum, const char *__fname,
-			   unsigned int __lineno, const char *__format, ...)
+                           unsigned int __lineno, const char *__format, ...)
      __attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, 5, 6)));
 
 /* If NULL, error will flush stdout, then print on stderr the program
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ extern unsigned int error_message_count;
    variable controls whether this mode is selected or not.  */
 extern int error_one_per_line;
 
-#ifdef	__cplusplus
+#ifdef __cplusplus
 }
 #endif
 

gnulib/fnmatch.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
-/* Copyright (C) 1991,1992,1993,1996,1997,1998,1999,2000,2001,2002,2003,2004,2005,2006,2007
+/* Copyright (C) 1991, 1992, 1993, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
-	Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 
 /* Enable GNU extensions in fnmatch.h.  */
 #ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
-# define _GNU_SOURCE	1
+# define _GNU_SOURCE    1
 #endif
 
 #if ! defined __builtin_expect && __GNUC__ < 3
@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ extern int fnmatch (const char *pattern, const char *string, int flags);
 #  define isblank(c) ((c) == ' ' || (c) == '\t')
 # endif
 
-# define STREQ(s1, s2) ((strcmp (s1, s2) == 0))
+# define STREQ(s1, s2) (strcmp (s1, s2) == 0)
 
 # if defined _LIBC || WIDE_CHAR_SUPPORT
 /* The GNU C library provides support for user-defined character classes
@@ -109,25 +109,25 @@ extern int fnmatch (const char *pattern, const char *string, int flags);
 #  endif
 
 #  ifdef _LIBC
-#   define ISWCTYPE(WC, WT)	__iswctype (WC, WT)
+#   define ISWCTYPE(WC, WT)     __iswctype (WC, WT)
 #  else
-#   define ISWCTYPE(WC, WT)	iswctype (WC, WT)
+#   define ISWCTYPE(WC, WT)     iswctype (WC, WT)
 #  endif
 
 #  if (HAVE_MBSTATE_T && HAVE_MBSRTOWCS) || _LIBC
 /* In this case we are implementing the multibyte character handling.  */
-#   define HANDLE_MULTIBYTE	1
+#   define HANDLE_MULTIBYTE     1
 #  endif
 
 # else
 #  define CHAR_CLASS_MAX_LENGTH  6 /* Namely, `xdigit'.  */
 
-#  define IS_CHAR_CLASS(string)						      \
+#  define IS_CHAR_CLASS(string)                                               \
-   (STREQ (string, "alpha") || STREQ (string, "upper")			      \
+   (STREQ (string, "alpha") || STREQ (string, "upper")                        \
-    || STREQ (string, "lower") || STREQ (string, "digit")		      \
+    || STREQ (string, "lower") || STREQ (string, "digit")                     \
-    || STREQ (string, "alnum") || STREQ (string, "xdigit")		      \
+    || STREQ (string, "alnum") || STREQ (string, "xdigit")                    \
-    || STREQ (string, "space") || STREQ (string, "print")		      \
+    || STREQ (string, "space") || STREQ (string, "print")                     \
-    || STREQ (string, "punct") || STREQ (string, "graph")		      \
+    || STREQ (string, "punct") || STREQ (string, "graph")                     \
     || STREQ (string, "cntrl") || STREQ (string, "blank"))
 # endif
 
@@ -145,17 +145,17 @@ static int posixly_correct;
 
 /* Note that this evaluates C many times.  */
 # define FOLD(c) ((flags & FNM_CASEFOLD) ? tolower (c) : (c))
-# define CHAR	char
+# define CHAR   char
-# define UCHAR	unsigned char
+# define UCHAR  unsigned char
-# define INT	int
+# define INT    int
-# define FCT	internal_fnmatch
+# define FCT    internal_fnmatch
-# define EXT	ext_match
+# define EXT    ext_match
-# define END	end_pattern
+# define END    end_pattern
-# define L_(CS)	CS
+# define L_(CS) CS
 # ifdef _LIBC
-#  define BTOWC(C)	__btowc (C)
+#  define BTOWC(C)      __btowc (C)
 # else
-#  define BTOWC(C)	btowc (C)
+#  define BTOWC(C)      btowc (C)
 # endif
 # define STRLEN(S) strlen (S)
 # define STRCAT(D, S) strcat (D, S)
@@ -175,14 +175,14 @@ static int posixly_correct;
 
 # if HANDLE_MULTIBYTE
 #  define FOLD(c) ((flags & FNM_CASEFOLD) ? towlower (c) : (c))
-#  define CHAR	wchar_t
+#  define CHAR  wchar_t
-#  define UCHAR	wint_t
+#  define UCHAR wint_t
-#  define INT	wint_t
+#  define INT   wint_t
-#  define FCT	internal_fnwmatch
+#  define FCT   internal_fnwmatch
-#  define EXT	ext_wmatch
+#  define EXT   ext_wmatch
-#  define END	end_wpattern
+#  define END   end_wpattern
-#  define L_(CS)	L##CS
+#  define L_(CS)        L##CS
-#  define BTOWC(C)	(C)
+#  define BTOWC(C)      (C)
 #  ifdef _LIBC
 #   define STRLEN(S) __wcslen (S)
 #   define STRCAT(D, S) __wcscat (D, S)
@@ -218,40 +218,40 @@ is_char_class (const wchar_t *wcs)
       /* Test for a printable character from the portable character set.  */
 #  ifdef _LIBC
       if (*wcs < 0x20 || *wcs > 0x7e
-	  || *wcs == 0x24 || *wcs == 0x40 || *wcs == 0x60)
+          || *wcs == 0x24 || *wcs == 0x40 || *wcs == 0x60)
-	return (wctype_t) 0;
+        return (wctype_t) 0;
 #  else
       switch (*wcs)
-	{
+        {
-	case L' ': case L'!': case L'"': case L'#': case L'%':
+        case L' ': case L'!': case L'"': case L'#': case L'%':
-	case L'&': case L'\'': case L'(': case L')': case L'*':
+        case L'&': case L'\'': case L'(': case L')': case L'*':
-	case L'+': case L',': case L'-': case L'.': case L'/':
+        case L'+': case L',': case L'-': case L'.': case L'/':
-	case L'0': case L'1': case L'2': case L'3': case L'4':
+        case L'0': case L'1': case L'2': case L'3': case L'4':
-	case L'5': case L'6': case L'7': case L'8': case L'9':
+        case L'5': case L'6': case L'7': case L'8': case L'9':
-	case L':': case L';': case L'<': case L'=': case L'>':
+        case L':': case L';': case L'<': case L'=': case L'>':
-	case L'?':
+        case L'?':
-	case L'A': case L'B': case L'C': case L'D': case L'E':
+        case L'A': case L'B': case L'C': case L'D': case L'E':
-	case L'F': case L'G': case L'H': case L'I': case L'J':
+        case L'F': case L'G': case L'H': case L'I': case L'J':
-	case L'K': case L'L': case L'M': case L'N': case L'O':
+        case L'K': case L'L': case L'M': case L'N': case L'O':
-	case L'P': case L'Q': case L'R': case L'S': case L'T':
+        case L'P': case L'Q': case L'R': case L'S': case L'T':
-	case L'U': case L'V': case L'W': case L'X': case L'Y':
+        case L'U': case L'V': case L'W': case L'X': case L'Y':
-	case L'Z':
+        case L'Z':
-	case L'[': case L'\\': case L']': case L'^': case L'_':
+        case L'[': case L'\\': case L']': case L'^': case L'_':
-	case L'a': case L'b': case L'c': case L'd': case L'e':
+        case L'a': case L'b': case L'c': case L'd': case L'e':
-	case L'f': case L'g': case L'h': case L'i': case L'j':
+        case L'f': case L'g': case L'h': case L'i': case L'j':
-	case L'k': case L'l': case L'm': case L'n': case L'o':
+        case L'k': case L'l': case L'm': case L'n': case L'o':
-	case L'p': case L'q': case L'r': case L's': case L't':
+        case L'p': case L'q': case L'r': case L's': case L't':
-	case L'u': case L'v': case L'w': case L'x': case L'y':
+        case L'u': case L'v': case L'w': case L'x': case L'y':
-	case L'z': case L'{': case L'|': case L'}': case L'~':
+        case L'z': case L'{': case L'|': case L'}': case L'~':
-	  break;
+          break;
-	default:
+        default:
-	  return (wctype_t) 0;
+          return (wctype_t) 0;
-	}
+        }
 #  endif
 
       /* Avoid overrunning the buffer.  */
       if (cp == s + CHAR_CLASS_MAX_LENGTH)
-	return (wctype_t) 0;
+        return (wctype_t) 0;
 
       *cp++ = (char) *wcs++;
     }
@@ -287,58 +287,58 @@ fnmatch (const char *pattern, const char *string, int flags)
       int res;
 
       /* Calculate the size needed to convert the strings to
-	 wide characters.  */
+         wide characters.  */
       memset (&ps, '\0', sizeof (ps));
       patsize = mbsrtowcs (NULL, &pattern, 0, &ps) + 1;
       if (__builtin_expect (patsize != 0, 1))
-	{
+        {
-	  assert (mbsinit (&ps));
+          assert (mbsinit (&ps));
-	  strsize = mbsrtowcs (NULL, &string, 0, &ps) + 1;
+          strsize = mbsrtowcs (NULL, &string, 0, &ps) + 1;
-	  if (__builtin_expect (strsize != 0, 1))
+          if (__builtin_expect (strsize != 0, 1))
-	    {
+            {
-	      assert (mbsinit (&ps));
+              assert (mbsinit (&ps));
-	      totsize = patsize + strsize;
+              totsize = patsize + strsize;
-	      if (__builtin_expect (! (patsize <= totsize
+              if (__builtin_expect (! (patsize <= totsize
-				       && totsize <= SIZE_MAX / sizeof (wchar_t)),
+                                       && totsize <= SIZE_MAX / sizeof (wchar_t)),
-				    0))
+                                    0))
-		{
+                {
-		  errno = ENOMEM;
+                  errno = ENOMEM;
-		  return -1;
+                  return -1;
-		}
+                }
 
-	      /* Allocate room for the wide characters.  */
+              /* Allocate room for the wide characters.  */
-	      if (__builtin_expect (totsize < ALLOCA_LIMIT, 1))
+              if (__builtin_expect (totsize < ALLOCA_LIMIT, 1))
-		wpattern = (wchar_t *) alloca (totsize * sizeof (wchar_t));
+                wpattern = (wchar_t *) alloca (totsize * sizeof (wchar_t));
-	      else
+              else
-		{
+                {
-		  wpattern = malloc (totsize * sizeof (wchar_t));
+                  wpattern = malloc (totsize * sizeof (wchar_t));
-		  if (__builtin_expect (! wpattern, 0))
+                  if (__builtin_expect (! wpattern, 0))
-		    {
+                    {
-		      errno = ENOMEM;
+                      errno = ENOMEM;
-		      return -1;
+                      return -1;
-		    }
+                    }
-		}
+                }
-	      wstring = wpattern + patsize;
+              wstring = wpattern + patsize;
 
-	      /* Convert the strings into wide characters.  */
+              /* Convert the strings into wide characters.  */
-	      mbsrtowcs (wpattern, &pattern, patsize, &ps);
+              mbsrtowcs (wpattern, &pattern, patsize, &ps);
-	      assert (mbsinit (&ps));
+              assert (mbsinit (&ps));
-	      mbsrtowcs (wstring, &string, strsize, &ps);
+              mbsrtowcs (wstring, &string, strsize, &ps);
 
-	      res = internal_fnwmatch (wpattern, wstring, wstring + strsize - 1,
+              res = internal_fnwmatch (wpattern, wstring, wstring + strsize - 1,
-				       flags & FNM_PERIOD, flags);
+                                       flags & FNM_PERIOD, flags);
 
-	      if (__builtin_expect (! (totsize < ALLOCA_LIMIT), 0))
+              if (__builtin_expect (! (totsize < ALLOCA_LIMIT), 0))
-		free (wpattern);
+                free (wpattern);
-	      return res;
+              return res;
-	    }
+            }
-	}
+        }
     }
 
 # endif /* HANDLE_MULTIBYTE */
 
   return internal_fnmatch (pattern, string, string + strlen (string),
-			   flags & FNM_PERIOD, flags);
+                           flags & FNM_PERIOD, flags);
 }
 
 # ifdef _LIBC
@@ -351,4 +351,4 @@ compat_symbol (libc, __fnmatch_old, fnmatch, GLIBC_2_0);
 libc_hidden_ver (__fnmatch, fnmatch)
 # endif
 
-#endif	/* _LIBC or not __GNU_LIBRARY__.  */
+#endif  /* _LIBC or not __GNU_LIBRARY__.  */

gnulib/getdelim.c

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 /* getdelim.c --- Implementation of replacement getdelim function.
-   Copyright (C) 1994, 1996, 1997, 1998, 2001, 2003, 2005, 2006, 2007,
+   Copyright (C) 1994, 1996, 1997, 1998, 2001, 2003, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008,
-   2008, 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
    modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
@@ -21,13 +21,16 @@
 
 #include <config.h>
 
+/* Don't use __attribute__ __nonnull__ in this compilation unit.  Otherwise gcc
+   optimizes away the lineptr == NULL || n == NULL || fp == NULL tests below.  */
+#define _GL_ARG_NONNULL(params)
+
 #include <stdio.h>
 
 #include <limits.h>
 #include <stdint.h>
 #include <stdlib.h>
 #include <errno.h>
-#include <unistd.h>
 
 #ifndef SSIZE_MAX
 # define SSIZE_MAX ((ssize_t) (SIZE_MAX / 2))
@@ -35,15 +38,15 @@
 
 #if USE_UNLOCKED_IO
 # include "unlocked-io.h"
-# define getc_maybe_unlocked(fp)	getc(fp)
+# define getc_maybe_unlocked(fp)        getc(fp)
 #elif !HAVE_FLOCKFILE || !HAVE_FUNLOCKFILE || !HAVE_DECL_GETC_UNLOCKED
 # undef flockfile
 # undef funlockfile
 # define flockfile(x) ((void) 0)
 # define funlockfile(x) ((void) 0)
-# define getc_maybe_unlocked(fp)	getc(fp)
+# define getc_maybe_unlocked(fp)        getc(fp)
 #else
-# define getc_maybe_unlocked(fp)	getc_unlocked(fp)
+# define getc_maybe_unlocked(fp)        getc_unlocked(fp)
 #endif
 
 /* Read up to (and including) a DELIMITER from FP into *LINEPTR (and
@@ -72,10 +75,10 @@ getdelim (char **lineptr, size_t *n, int delimiter, FILE *fp)
       *n = 120;
       new_lineptr = (char *) realloc (*lineptr, *n);
       if (new_lineptr == NULL)
-	{
+        {
-	  result = -1;
+          result = -1;
-	  goto unlock_return;
+          goto unlock_return;
-	}
+        }
       *lineptr = new_lineptr;
     }
 
@@ -85,44 +88,44 @@ getdelim (char **lineptr, size_t *n, int delimiter, FILE *fp)
 
       i = getc_maybe_unlocked (fp);
       if (i == EOF)
-	{
+        {
-	  result = -1;
+          result = -1;
-	  break;
+          break;
-	}
+        }
 
       /* Make enough space for len+1 (for final NUL) bytes.  */
       if (cur_len + 1 >= *n)
-	{
+        {
-	  size_t needed_max =
+          size_t needed_max =
-	    SSIZE_MAX < SIZE_MAX ? (size_t) SSIZE_MAX + 1 : SIZE_MAX;
+            SSIZE_MAX < SIZE_MAX ? (size_t) SSIZE_MAX + 1 : SIZE_MAX;
-	  size_t needed = 2 * *n + 1;   /* Be generous. */
+          size_t needed = 2 * *n + 1;   /* Be generous. */
-	  char *new_lineptr;
+          char *new_lineptr;
 
-	  if (needed_max < needed)
+          if (needed_max < needed)
-	    needed = needed_max;
+            needed = needed_max;
-	  if (cur_len + 1 >= needed)
+          if (cur_len + 1 >= needed)
-	    {
+            {
-	      result = -1;
+              result = -1;
-	      errno = EOVERFLOW;
+              errno = EOVERFLOW;
-	      goto unlock_return;
+              goto unlock_return;
-	    }
+            }
 
-	  new_lineptr = (char *) realloc (*lineptr, needed);
+          new_lineptr = (char *) realloc (*lineptr, needed);
-	  if (new_lineptr == NULL)
+          if (new_lineptr == NULL)
-	    {
+            {
-	      result = -1;
+              result = -1;
-	      goto unlock_return;
+              goto unlock_return;
-	    }
+            }
 
-	  *lineptr = new_lineptr;
+          *lineptr = new_lineptr;
-	  *n = needed;
+          *n = needed;
-	}
+        }
 
       (*lineptr)[cur_len] = i;
       cur_len++;
 
       if (i == delimiter)
-	break;
+        break;
     }
   (*lineptr)[cur_len] = '\0';
   result = cur_len ? cur_len : result;

gnulib/getline.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* getline.c --- Implementation of replacement getline function.
-   Copyright (C) 2005, 2006, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 2005, 2006, 2007, 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
    modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as

gnulib/getopt1.c

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 /* getopt_long and getopt_long_only entry points for GNU getopt.
-   Copyright (C) 1987,88,89,90,91,92,93,94,96,97,98,2004,2006
+   Copyright (C) 1987, 1988, 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1996, 1997,
-     Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   1998, 2004, 2006, 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
    This file is part of the GNU C Library.
 
    This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -32,25 +32,25 @@
 #include <stdlib.h>
 #endif
 
-#ifndef	NULL
+#ifndef NULL
 #define NULL 0
 #endif
 
 int
 getopt_long (int argc, char *__getopt_argv_const *argv, const char *options,
-	     const struct option *long_options, int *opt_index)
+             const struct option *long_options, int *opt_index)
 {
   return _getopt_internal (argc, (char **) argv, options, long_options,
-			   opt_index, 0, 0);
+                           opt_index, 0, 0);
 }
 
 int
 _getopt_long_r (int argc, char **argv, const char *options,
-		const struct option *long_options, int *opt_index,
+                const struct option *long_options, int *opt_index,
-		struct _getopt_data *d)
+                struct _getopt_data *d)
 {
   return _getopt_internal_r (argc, argv, options, long_options, opt_index,
-			     0, 0, d);
+                             0, d, 0);
 }
 
 /* Like getopt_long, but '-' as well as '--' can indicate a long option.
@@ -60,20 +60,20 @@ _getopt_long_r (int argc, char **argv, const char *options,
 
 int
 getopt_long_only (int argc, char *__getopt_argv_const *argv,
-		  const char *options,
+                  const char *options,
-		  const struct option *long_options, int *opt_index)
+                  const struct option *long_options, int *opt_index)
 {
   return _getopt_internal (argc, (char **) argv, options, long_options,
-			   opt_index, 1, 0);
+                           opt_index, 1, 0);
 }
 
 int
 _getopt_long_only_r (int argc, char **argv, const char *options,
-		     const struct option *long_options, int *opt_index,
+                     const struct option *long_options, int *opt_index,
-		     struct _getopt_data *d)
+                     struct _getopt_data *d)
 {
   return _getopt_internal_r (argc, argv, options, long_options, opt_index,
-			     1, 0, d);
+                             1, d, 0);
 }
 
 
@@ -91,76 +91,76 @@ main (int argc, char **argv)
     {
       int this_option_optind = optind ? optind : 1;
       int option_index = 0;
-      static struct option long_options[] =
+      static const struct option long_options[] =
       {
-	{"add", 1, 0, 0},
+        {"add", 1, 0, 0},
-	{"append", 0, 0, 0},
+        {"append", 0, 0, 0},
-	{"delete", 1, 0, 0},
+        {"delete", 1, 0, 0},
-	{"verbose", 0, 0, 0},
+        {"verbose", 0, 0, 0},
-	{"create", 0, 0, 0},
+        {"create", 0, 0, 0},
-	{"file", 1, 0, 0},
+        {"file", 1, 0, 0},
-	{0, 0, 0, 0}
+        {0, 0, 0, 0}
       };
 
       c = getopt_long (argc, argv, "abc:d:0123456789",
-		       long_options, &option_index);
+                       long_options, &option_index);
       if (c == -1)
-	break;
+        break;
 
       switch (c)
-	{
+        {
-	case 0:
+        case 0:
-	  printf ("option %s", long_options[option_index].name);
+          printf ("option %s", long_options[option_index].name);
-	  if (optarg)
+          if (optarg)
-	    printf (" with arg %s", optarg);
+            printf (" with arg %s", optarg);
-	  printf ("\n");
+          printf ("\n");
-	  break;
+          break;
 
-	case '0':
+        case '0':
-	case '1':
+        case '1':
-	case '2':
+        case '2':
-	case '3':
+        case '3':
-	case '4':
+        case '4':
-	case '5':
+        case '5':
-	case '6':
+        case '6':
-	case '7':
+        case '7':
-	case '8':
+        case '8':
-	case '9':
+        case '9':
-	  if (digit_optind != 0 && digit_optind != this_option_optind)
+          if (digit_optind != 0 && digit_optind != this_option_optind)
-	    printf ("digits occur in two different argv-elements.\n");
+            printf ("digits occur in two different argv-elements.\n");
-	  digit_optind = this_option_optind;
+          digit_optind = this_option_optind;
-	  printf ("option %c\n", c);
+          printf ("option %c\n", c);
-	  break;
+          break;
 
-	case 'a':
+        case 'a':
-	  printf ("option a\n");
+          printf ("option a\n");
-	  break;
+          break;
 
-	case 'b':
+        case 'b':
-	  printf ("option b\n");
+          printf ("option b\n");
-	  break;
+          break;
 
-	case 'c':
+        case 'c':
-	  printf ("option c with value `%s'\n", optarg);
+          printf ("option c with value `%s'\n", optarg);
-	  break;
+          break;
 
-	case 'd':
+        case 'd':
-	  printf ("option d with value `%s'\n", optarg);
+          printf ("option d with value `%s'\n", optarg);
-	  break;
+          break;
 
-	case '?':
+        case '?':
-	  break;
+          break;
 
-	default:
+        default:
-	  printf ("?? getopt returned character code 0%o ??\n", c);
+          printf ("?? getopt returned character code 0%o ??\n", c);
-	}
+        }
     }
 
   if (optind < argc)
     {
       printf ("non-option ARGV-elements: ");
       while (optind < argc)
-	printf ("%s ", argv[optind++]);
+        printf ("%s ", argv[optind++]);
       printf ("\n");
     }
 

gnulib/getopt_int.h

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 /* Internal declarations for getopt.
-   Copyright (C) 1989-1994,1996-1999,2001,2003,2004
+   Copyright (C) 1989-1994, 1996-1999, 2001, 2003-2004, 2009-2010 Free Software
-   Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Foundation, Inc.
    This file is part of the GNU C Library.
 
    This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -17,12 +17,14 @@
    along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
 
 #ifndef _GETOPT_INT_H
-#define _GETOPT_INT_H	1
+#define _GETOPT_INT_H   1
+
+#include <getopt.h>
 
 extern int _getopt_internal (int ___argc, char **___argv,
-			     const char *__shortopts,
+                             const char *__shortopts,
-		             const struct option *__longopts, int *__longind,
+                             const struct option *__longopts, int *__longind,
-			     int __long_only, int __posixly_correct);
+                             int __long_only, int __posixly_correct);
 
 
 /* Reentrant versions which can handle parsing multiple argument
@@ -108,23 +110,23 @@ struct _getopt_data
 
 /* The initializer is necessary to set OPTIND and OPTERR to their
    default values and to clear the initialization flag.  */
-#define _GETOPT_DATA_INITIALIZER	{ 1, 1 }
+#define _GETOPT_DATA_INITIALIZER        { 1, 1 }
 
 extern int _getopt_internal_r (int ___argc, char **___argv,
-			       const char *__shortopts,
+                               const char *__shortopts,
-			       const struct option *__longopts, int *__longind,
+                               const struct option *__longopts, int *__longind,
-			       int __long_only, int __posixly_correct,
+                               int __long_only, struct _getopt_data *__data,
-			       struct _getopt_data *__data);
+                               int __posixly_correct);
 
 extern int _getopt_long_r (int ___argc, char **___argv,
-			   const char *__shortopts,
+                           const char *__shortopts,
-			   const struct option *__longopts, int *__longind,
+                           const struct option *__longopts, int *__longind,
-			   struct _getopt_data *__data);
+                           struct _getopt_data *__data);
 
 extern int _getopt_long_only_r (int ___argc, char **___argv,
-				const char *__shortopts,
+                                const char *__shortopts,
-				const struct option *__longopts,
+                                const struct option *__longopts,
-				int *__longind,
+                                int *__longind,
-				struct _getopt_data *__data);
+                                struct _getopt_data *__data);
 
 #endif /* getopt_int.h */

gnulib/gettext.h

@@ -1,5 +1,6 @@
 /* Convenience header for conditional use of GNU <libintl.h>.
-   Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000-2002, 2004-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000-2002, 2004-2006, 2009-2010 Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -63,21 +64,30 @@
    for invalid uses of the value returned from these functions.
    On pre-ANSI systems without 'const', the config.h file is supposed to
    contain "#define const".  */
+# undef gettext
 # define gettext(Msgid) ((const char *) (Msgid))
+# undef dgettext
 # define dgettext(Domainname, Msgid) ((void) (Domainname), gettext (Msgid))
+# undef dcgettext
 # define dcgettext(Domainname, Msgid, Category) \
     ((void) (Category), dgettext (Domainname, Msgid))
+# undef ngettext
 # define ngettext(Msgid1, Msgid2, N) \
     ((N) == 1 \
      ? ((void) (Msgid2), (const char *) (Msgid1)) \
      : ((void) (Msgid1), (const char *) (Msgid2)))
+# undef dngettext
 # define dngettext(Domainname, Msgid1, Msgid2, N) \
     ((void) (Domainname), ngettext (Msgid1, Msgid2, N))
+# undef dcngettext
 # define dcngettext(Domainname, Msgid1, Msgid2, N, Category) \
-    ((void) (Category), dngettext(Domainname, Msgid1, Msgid2, N))
+    ((void) (Category), dngettext (Domainname, Msgid1, Msgid2, N))
+# undef textdomain
 # define textdomain(Domainname) ((const char *) (Domainname))
+# undef bindtextdomain
 # define bindtextdomain(Domainname, Dirname) \
     ((void) (Domainname), (const char *) (Dirname))
+# undef bind_textdomain_codeset
 # define bind_textdomain_codeset(Domainname, Codeset) \
     ((void) (Domainname), (const char *) (Codeset))
 
@@ -131,8 +141,8 @@ inline
 #endif
 static const char *
 pgettext_aux (const char *domain,
-	      const char *msg_ctxt_id, const char *msgid,
+              const char *msg_ctxt_id, const char *msgid,
-	      int category)
+              int category)
 {
   const char *translation = dcgettext (domain, msg_ctxt_id, category);
   if (translation == msg_ctxt_id)
@@ -150,9 +160,9 @@ inline
 #endif
 static const char *
 npgettext_aux (const char *domain,
-	       const char *msg_ctxt_id, const char *msgid,
+               const char *msg_ctxt_id, const char *msgid,
-	       const char *msgid_plural, unsigned long int n,
+               const char *msgid_plural, unsigned long int n,
-	       int category)
+               int category)
 {
   const char *translation =
     dcngettext (domain, msg_ctxt_id, msgid_plural, n, category);
@@ -190,8 +200,8 @@ inline
 #endif
 static const char *
 dcpgettext_expr (const char *domain,
-		 const char *msgctxt, const char *msgid,
+                 const char *msgctxt, const char *msgid,
-		 int category)
+                 int category)
 {
   size_t msgctxt_len = strlen (msgctxt) + 1;
   size_t msgid_len = strlen (msgid) + 1;
@@ -213,10 +223,10 @@ dcpgettext_expr (const char *domain,
       translation = dcgettext (domain, msg_ctxt_id, category);
 #if !_LIBGETTEXT_HAVE_VARIABLE_SIZE_ARRAYS
       if (msg_ctxt_id != buf)
-	free (msg_ctxt_id);
+        free (msg_ctxt_id);
 #endif
       if (translation != msg_ctxt_id)
-	return translation;
+        return translation;
     }
   return msgid;
 }
@@ -235,9 +245,9 @@ inline
 #endif
 static const char *
 dcnpgettext_expr (const char *domain,
-		  const char *msgctxt, const char *msgid,
+                  const char *msgctxt, const char *msgid,
-		  const char *msgid_plural, unsigned long int n,
+                  const char *msgid_plural, unsigned long int n,
-		  int category)
+                  int category)
 {
   size_t msgctxt_len = strlen (msgctxt) + 1;
   size_t msgid_len = strlen (msgid) + 1;
@@ -259,10 +269,10 @@ dcnpgettext_expr (const char *domain,
       translation = dcngettext (domain, msg_ctxt_id, msgid_plural, n, category);
 #if !_LIBGETTEXT_HAVE_VARIABLE_SIZE_ARRAYS
       if (msg_ctxt_id != buf)
-	free (msg_ctxt_id);
+        free (msg_ctxt_id);
 #endif
       if (!(translation == msg_ctxt_id || translation == msgid_plural))
-	return translation;
+        return translation;
     }
   return (n == 1 ? msgid : msgid_plural);
 }

gnulib/progname.c

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 /* Program name management.
-   Copyright (C) 2001-2003, 2005-2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 2001-2003, 2005-2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-   Written by Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>, 2001.
+   Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2001.
 
    This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -23,6 +23,8 @@
 #include "progname.h"
 
 #include <errno.h> /* get program_invocation_name declaration */
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
 #include <string.h>
 
 
@@ -30,7 +32,9 @@
    To be initialized by main().  */
 const char *program_name = NULL;
 
-/* Set program_name, based on argv[0].  */
+/* Set program_name, based on argv[0].
+   argv0 must be a string allocated with indefinite extent, and must not be
+   modified after this call.  */
 void
 set_program_name (const char *argv0)
 {
@@ -42,20 +46,30 @@ set_program_name (const char *argv0)
   const char *slash;
   const char *base;
 
+  /* Sanity check.  POSIX requires the invoking process to pass a non-NULL
+     argv[0].  */
+  if (argv0 == NULL)
+    {
+      /* It's a bug in the invoking program.  Help diagnosing it.  */
+      fputs ("A NULL argv[0] was passed through an exec system call.\n",
+             stderr);
+      abort ();
+    }
+
   slash = strrchr (argv0, '/');
   base = (slash != NULL ? slash + 1 : argv0);
   if (base - argv0 >= 7 && strncmp (base - 7, "/.libs/", 7) == 0)
     {
       argv0 = base;
       if (strncmp (base, "lt-", 3) == 0)
-	{
+        {
-	  argv0 = base + 3;
+          argv0 = base + 3;
-	  /* On glibc systems, remove the "lt-" prefix from the variable
+          /* On glibc systems, remove the "lt-" prefix from the variable
-	     program_invocation_short_name.  */
+             program_invocation_short_name.  */
 #if HAVE_DECL_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_SHORT_NAME
-	  program_invocation_short_name = (char *) argv0;
+          program_invocation_short_name = (char *) argv0;
 #endif
-	}
+        }
     }
 
   /* But don't strip off a leading <dirname>/ in general, because when the user

gnulib/progname.h

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 /* Program name management.
-   Copyright (C) 2001-2004, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 2001-2004, 2006, 2009-2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-   Written by Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>, 2001.
+   Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2001.
 
    This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -31,7 +31,9 @@ extern "C" {
 /* String containing name the program is called with.  */
 extern const char *program_name;
 
-/* Set program_name, based on argv[0].  */
+/* Set program_name, based on argv[0].
+   argv0 must be a string allocated with indefinite extent, and must not be
+   modified after this call.  */
 extern void set_program_name (const char *argv0);
 
 #if ENABLE_RELOCATABLE
@@ -39,8 +41,8 @@ extern void set_program_name (const char *argv0);
 /* Set program_name, based on argv[0], and original installation prefix and
    directory, for relocatability.  */
 extern void set_program_name_and_installdir (const char *argv0,
-					     const char *orig_installprefix,
+                                             const char *orig_installprefix,
-					     const char *orig_installdir);
+                                             const char *orig_installdir);
 #undef set_program_name
 #define set_program_name(ARG0) \
   set_program_name_and_installdir (ARG0, INSTALLPREFIX, INSTALLDIR)

gnulib/regex.c

@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
+/* Extended regular expression matching and search library.
+   Copyright (C) 2002, 2003, 2005, 2006, 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+   Contributed by Isamu Hasegawa <isamu@yamato.ibm.com>.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+   with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Make sure noone compiles this code with a C++ compiler.  */
+#if defined __cplusplus && defined _LIBC
+# error "This is C code, use a C compiler"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* We have to keep the namespace clean.  */
+# define regfree(preg) __regfree (preg)
+# define regexec(pr, st, nm, pm, ef) __regexec (pr, st, nm, pm, ef)
+# define regcomp(preg, pattern, cflags) __regcomp (preg, pattern, cflags)
+# define regerror(errcode, preg, errbuf, errbuf_size) \
+	__regerror(errcode, preg, errbuf, errbuf_size)
+# define re_set_registers(bu, re, nu, st, en) \
+	__re_set_registers (bu, re, nu, st, en)
+# define re_match_2(bufp, string1, size1, string2, size2, pos, regs, stop) \
+	__re_match_2 (bufp, string1, size1, string2, size2, pos, regs, stop)
+# define re_match(bufp, string, size, pos, regs) \
+	__re_match (bufp, string, size, pos, regs)
+# define re_search(bufp, string, size, startpos, range, regs) \
+	__re_search (bufp, string, size, startpos, range, regs)
+# define re_compile_pattern(pattern, length, bufp) \
+	__re_compile_pattern (pattern, length, bufp)
+# define re_set_syntax(syntax) __re_set_syntax (syntax)
+# define re_search_2(bufp, st1, s1, st2, s2, startpos, range, regs, stop) \
+	__re_search_2 (bufp, st1, s1, st2, s2, startpos, range, regs, stop)
+# define re_compile_fastmap(bufp) __re_compile_fastmap (bufp)
+
+# include "../locale/localeinfo.h"
+#endif
+
+/* On some systems, limits.h sets RE_DUP_MAX to a lower value than
+   GNU regex allows.  Include it before <regex.h>, which correctly
+   #undefs RE_DUP_MAX and sets it to the right value.  */
+#include <limits.h>
+
+#include <regex.h>
+#include "regex_internal.h"
+
+#include "regex_internal.c"
+#include "regcomp.c"
+#include "regexec.c"
+
+/* Binary backward compatibility.  */
+#if _LIBC
+# include <shlib-compat.h>
+# if SHLIB_COMPAT (libc, GLIBC_2_0, GLIBC_2_3)
+link_warning (re_max_failures, "the 're_max_failures' variable is obsolete and will go away.")
+int re_max_failures = 2000;
+# endif
+#endif

gnulib/regex.h

@@ -0,0 +1,676 @@
+/* Definitions for data structures and routines for the regular
+   expression library.
+   Copyright (C) 1985, 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998,
+   2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2005, 2006, 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+   with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
+
+#ifndef _REGEX_H
+#define _REGEX_H 1
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+/* Allow the use in C++ code.  */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Define __USE_GNU_REGEX to declare GNU extensions that violate the
+   POSIX name space rules.  */
+#undef __USE_GNU_REGEX
+#if (defined _GNU_SOURCE					\
+     || (!defined _POSIX_C_SOURCE && !defined _POSIX_SOURCE	\
+	 && !defined _XOPEN_SOURCE))
+# define __USE_GNU_REGEX 1
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _REGEX_LARGE_OFFSETS
+
+/* Use types and values that are wide enough to represent signed and
+   unsigned byte offsets in memory.  This currently works only when
+   the regex code is used outside of the GNU C library; it is not yet
+   supported within glibc itself, and glibc users should not define
+   _REGEX_LARGE_OFFSETS.  */
+
+/* The type of the offset of a byte within a string.
+   For historical reasons POSIX 1003.1-2004 requires that regoff_t be
+   at least as wide as off_t.  However, many common POSIX platforms set
+   regoff_t to the more-sensible ssize_t and the Open Group has
+   signalled its intention to change the requirement to be that
+   regoff_t be at least as wide as ptrdiff_t and ssize_t; see XBD ERN
+   60 (2005-08-25).  We don't know of any hosts where ssize_t or
+   ptrdiff_t is wider than ssize_t, so ssize_t is safe.  */
+typedef ssize_t regoff_t;
+
+/* The type of nonnegative object indexes.  Traditionally, GNU regex
+   uses 'int' for these.  Code that uses __re_idx_t should work
+   regardless of whether the type is signed.  */
+typedef size_t __re_idx_t;
+
+/* The type of object sizes.  */
+typedef size_t __re_size_t;
+
+/* The type of object sizes, in places where the traditional code
+   uses unsigned long int.  */
+typedef size_t __re_long_size_t;
+
+#else
+
+/* Use types that are binary-compatible with the traditional GNU regex
+   implementation, which mishandles strings longer than INT_MAX.  */
+
+typedef int regoff_t;
+typedef int __re_idx_t;
+typedef unsigned int __re_size_t;
+typedef unsigned long int __re_long_size_t;
+
+#endif
+
+/* The following two types have to be signed and unsigned integer type
+   wide enough to hold a value of a pointer.  For most ANSI compilers
+   ptrdiff_t and size_t should be likely OK.  Still size of these two
+   types is 2 for Microsoft C.  Ugh... */
+typedef long int s_reg_t;
+typedef unsigned long int active_reg_t;
+
+/* The following bits are used to determine the regexp syntax we
+   recognize.  The set/not-set meanings are chosen so that Emacs syntax
+   remains the value 0.  The bits are given in alphabetical order, and
+   the definitions shifted by one from the previous bit; thus, when we
+   add or remove a bit, only one other definition need change.  */
+typedef unsigned long int reg_syntax_t;
+
+#ifdef __USE_GNU_REGEX
+
+/* If this bit is not set, then \ inside a bracket expression is literal.
+   If set, then such a \ quotes the following character.  */
+# define RE_BACKSLASH_ESCAPE_IN_LISTS ((unsigned long int) 1)
+
+/* If this bit is not set, then + and ? are operators, and \+ and \? are
+     literals.
+   If set, then \+ and \? are operators and + and ? are literals.  */
+# define RE_BK_PLUS_QM (RE_BACKSLASH_ESCAPE_IN_LISTS << 1)
+
+/* If this bit is set, then character classes are supported.  They are:
+     [:alpha:], [:upper:], [:lower:],  [:digit:], [:alnum:], [:xdigit:],
+     [:space:], [:print:], [:punct:], [:graph:], and [:cntrl:].
+   If not set, then character classes are not supported.  */
+# define RE_CHAR_CLASSES (RE_BK_PLUS_QM << 1)
+
+/* If this bit is set, then ^ and $ are always anchors (outside bracket
+     expressions, of course).
+   If this bit is not set, then it depends:
+        ^  is an anchor if it is at the beginning of a regular
+           expression or after an open-group or an alternation operator;
+        $  is an anchor if it is at the end of a regular expression, or
+           before a close-group or an alternation operator.
+
+   This bit could be (re)combined with RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_OPS, because
+   POSIX draft 11.2 says that * etc. in leading positions is undefined.
+   We already implemented a previous draft which made those constructs
+   invalid, though, so we haven't changed the code back.  */
+# define RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_ANCHORS (RE_CHAR_CLASSES << 1)
+
+/* If this bit is set, then special characters are always special
+     regardless of where they are in the pattern.
+   If this bit is not set, then special characters are special only in
+     some contexts; otherwise they are ordinary.  Specifically,
+     * + ? and intervals are only special when not after the beginning,
+     open-group, or alternation operator.  */
+# define RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_OPS (RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_ANCHORS << 1)
+
+/* If this bit is set, then *, +, ?, and { cannot be first in an re or
+     immediately after an alternation or begin-group operator.  */
+# define RE_CONTEXT_INVALID_OPS (RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_OPS << 1)
+
+/* If this bit is set, then . matches newline.
+   If not set, then it doesn't.  */
+# define RE_DOT_NEWLINE (RE_CONTEXT_INVALID_OPS << 1)
+
+/* If this bit is set, then . doesn't match NUL.
+   If not set, then it does.  */
+# define RE_DOT_NOT_NULL (RE_DOT_NEWLINE << 1)
+
+/* If this bit is set, nonmatching lists [^...] do not match newline.
+   If not set, they do.  */
+# define RE_HAT_LISTS_NOT_NEWLINE (RE_DOT_NOT_NULL << 1)
+
+/* If this bit is set, either \{...\} or {...} defines an
+     interval, depending on RE_NO_BK_BRACES.
+   If not set, \{, \}, {, and } are literals.  */
+# define RE_INTERVALS (RE_HAT_LISTS_NOT_NEWLINE << 1)
+
+/* If this bit is set, +, ? and | aren't recognized as operators.
+   If not set, they are.  */
+# define RE_LIMITED_OPS (RE_INTERVALS << 1)
+
+/* If this bit is set, newline is an alternation operator.
+   If not set, newline is literal.  */
+# define RE_NEWLINE_ALT (RE_LIMITED_OPS << 1)
+
+/* If this bit is set, then `{...}' defines an interval, and \{ and \}
+     are literals.
+  If not set, then `\{...\}' defines an interval.  */
+# define RE_NO_BK_BRACES (RE_NEWLINE_ALT << 1)
+
+/* If this bit is set, (...) defines a group, and \( and \) are literals.
+   If not set, \(...\) defines a group, and ( and ) are literals.  */
+# define RE_NO_BK_PARENS (RE_NO_BK_BRACES << 1)
+
+/* If this bit is set, then \<digit> matches <digit>.
+   If not set, then \<digit> is a back-reference.  */
+# define RE_NO_BK_REFS (RE_NO_BK_PARENS << 1)
+
+/* If this bit is set, then | is an alternation operator, and \| is literal.
+   If not set, then \| is an alternation operator, and | is literal.  */
+# define RE_NO_BK_VBAR (RE_NO_BK_REFS << 1)
+
+/* If this bit is set, then an ending range point collating higher
+     than the starting range point, as in [z-a], is invalid.
+   If not set, then when ending range point collates higher than the
+     starting range point, the range is ignored.  */
+# define RE_NO_EMPTY_RANGES (RE_NO_BK_VBAR << 1)
+
+/* If this bit is set, then an unmatched ) is ordinary.
+   If not set, then an unmatched ) is invalid.  */
+# define RE_UNMATCHED_RIGHT_PAREN_ORD (RE_NO_EMPTY_RANGES << 1)
+
+/* If this bit is set, succeed as soon as we match the whole pattern,
+   without further backtracking.  */
+# define RE_NO_POSIX_BACKTRACKING (RE_UNMATCHED_RIGHT_PAREN_ORD << 1)
+
+/* If this bit is set, do not process the GNU regex operators.
+   If not set, then the GNU regex operators are recognized. */
+# define RE_NO_GNU_OPS (RE_NO_POSIX_BACKTRACKING << 1)
+
+/* If this bit is set, turn on internal regex debugging.
+   If not set, and debugging was on, turn it off.
+   This only works if regex.c is compiled -DDEBUG.
+   We define this bit always, so that all that's needed to turn on
+   debugging is to recompile regex.c; the calling code can always have
+   this bit set, and it won't affect anything in the normal case. */
+# define RE_DEBUG (RE_NO_GNU_OPS << 1)
+
+/* If this bit is set, a syntactically invalid interval is treated as
+   a string of ordinary characters.  For example, the ERE 'a{1' is
+   treated as 'a\{1'.  */
+# define RE_INVALID_INTERVAL_ORD (RE_DEBUG << 1)
+
+/* If this bit is set, then ignore case when matching.
+   If not set, then case is significant.  */
+# define RE_ICASE (RE_INVALID_INTERVAL_ORD << 1)
+
+/* This bit is used internally like RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_ANCHORS but only
+   for ^, because it is difficult to scan the regex backwards to find
+   whether ^ should be special.  */
+# define RE_CARET_ANCHORS_HERE (RE_ICASE << 1)
+
+/* If this bit is set, then \{ cannot be first in an bre or
+   immediately after an alternation or begin-group operator.  */
+# define RE_CONTEXT_INVALID_DUP (RE_CARET_ANCHORS_HERE << 1)
+
+/* If this bit is set, then no_sub will be set to 1 during
+   re_compile_pattern.  */
+# define RE_NO_SUB (RE_CONTEXT_INVALID_DUP << 1)
+
+#endif /* defined __USE_GNU_REGEX */
+
+/* This global variable defines the particular regexp syntax to use (for
+   some interfaces).  When a regexp is compiled, the syntax used is
+   stored in the pattern buffer, so changing this does not affect
+   already-compiled regexps.  */
+extern reg_syntax_t re_syntax_options;
+
+#ifdef __USE_GNU_REGEX
+/* Define combinations of the above bits for the standard possibilities.
+   (The [[[ comments delimit what gets put into the Texinfo file, so
+   don't delete them!)  */
+/* [[[begin syntaxes]]] */
+# define RE_SYNTAX_EMACS 0
+
+# define RE_SYNTAX_AWK							\
+  (RE_BACKSLASH_ESCAPE_IN_LISTS   | RE_DOT_NOT_NULL			\
+   | RE_NO_BK_PARENS              | RE_NO_BK_REFS			\
+   | RE_NO_BK_VBAR                | RE_NO_EMPTY_RANGES			\
+   | RE_DOT_NEWLINE		  | RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_ANCHORS		\
+   | RE_UNMATCHED_RIGHT_PAREN_ORD | RE_NO_GNU_OPS)
+
+# define RE_SYNTAX_GNU_AWK						\
+  ((RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_EXTENDED | RE_BACKSLASH_ESCAPE_IN_LISTS | RE_DEBUG)	\
+   & ~(RE_DOT_NOT_NULL | RE_INTERVALS | RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_OPS		\
+       | RE_CONTEXT_INVALID_OPS ))
+
+# define RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_AWK						\
+  (RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_EXTENDED | RE_BACKSLASH_ESCAPE_IN_LISTS		\
+   | RE_INTERVALS	    | RE_NO_GNU_OPS)
+
+# define RE_SYNTAX_GREP							\
+  (RE_BK_PLUS_QM              | RE_CHAR_CLASSES				\
+   | RE_HAT_LISTS_NOT_NEWLINE | RE_INTERVALS				\
+   | RE_NEWLINE_ALT)
+
+# define RE_SYNTAX_EGREP						\
+  (RE_CHAR_CLASSES        | RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_ANCHORS			\
+   | RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_OPS | RE_HAT_LISTS_NOT_NEWLINE			\
+   | RE_NEWLINE_ALT       | RE_NO_BK_PARENS				\
+   | RE_NO_BK_VBAR)
+
+# define RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_EGREP						\
+  (RE_SYNTAX_EGREP | RE_INTERVALS | RE_NO_BK_BRACES			\
+   | RE_INVALID_INTERVAL_ORD)
+
+/* P1003.2/D11.2, section 4.20.7.1, lines 5078ff.  */
+# define RE_SYNTAX_ED RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_BASIC
+
+# define RE_SYNTAX_SED RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_BASIC
+
+/* Syntax bits common to both basic and extended POSIX regex syntax.  */
+# define _RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_COMMON					\
+  (RE_CHAR_CLASSES | RE_DOT_NEWLINE      | RE_DOT_NOT_NULL		\
+   | RE_INTERVALS  | RE_NO_EMPTY_RANGES)
+
+# define RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_BASIC						\
+  (_RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_COMMON | RE_BK_PLUS_QM | RE_CONTEXT_INVALID_DUP)
+
+/* Differs from ..._POSIX_BASIC only in that RE_BK_PLUS_QM becomes
+   RE_LIMITED_OPS, i.e., \? \+ \| are not recognized.  Actually, this
+   isn't minimal, since other operators, such as \`, aren't disabled.  */
+# define RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_MINIMAL_BASIC					\
+  (_RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_COMMON | RE_LIMITED_OPS)
+
+# define RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_EXTENDED					\
+  (_RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_COMMON  | RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_ANCHORS			\
+   | RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_OPS   | RE_NO_BK_BRACES				\
+   | RE_NO_BK_PARENS        | RE_NO_BK_VBAR				\
+   | RE_CONTEXT_INVALID_OPS | RE_UNMATCHED_RIGHT_PAREN_ORD)
+
+/* Differs from ..._POSIX_EXTENDED in that RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_OPS is
+   removed and RE_NO_BK_REFS is added.  */
+# define RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_MINIMAL_EXTENDED				\
+  (_RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_COMMON  | RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_ANCHORS			\
+   | RE_CONTEXT_INVALID_OPS | RE_NO_BK_BRACES				\
+   | RE_NO_BK_PARENS        | RE_NO_BK_REFS				\
+   | RE_NO_BK_VBAR	    | RE_UNMATCHED_RIGHT_PAREN_ORD)
+/* [[[end syntaxes]]] */
+
+#endif /* defined __USE_GNU_REGEX */
+
+#ifdef __USE_GNU_REGEX
+
+/* Maximum number of duplicates an interval can allow.  POSIX-conforming
+   systems might define this in <limits.h>, but we want our
+   value, so remove any previous define.  */
+# ifdef RE_DUP_MAX
+#  undef RE_DUP_MAX
+# endif
+
+/* RE_DUP_MAX is 2**15 - 1 because an earlier implementation stored
+   the counter as a 2-byte signed integer.  This is no longer true, so
+   RE_DUP_MAX could be increased to (INT_MAX / 10 - 1), or to
+   ((SIZE_MAX - 2) / 10 - 1) if _REGEX_LARGE_OFFSETS is defined.
+   However, there would be a huge performance problem if someone
+   actually used a pattern like a\{214748363\}, so RE_DUP_MAX retains
+   its historical value.  */
+# define RE_DUP_MAX (0x7fff)
+
+#endif /* defined __USE_GNU_REGEX */
+
+
+/* POSIX `cflags' bits (i.e., information for `regcomp').  */
+
+/* If this bit is set, then use extended regular expression syntax.
+   If not set, then use basic regular expression syntax.  */
+#define REG_EXTENDED 1
+
+/* If this bit is set, then ignore case when matching.
+   If not set, then case is significant.  */
+#define REG_ICASE (1 << 1)
+
+/* If this bit is set, then anchors do not match at newline
+     characters in the string.
+   If not set, then anchors do match at newlines.  */
+#define REG_NEWLINE (1 << 2)
+
+/* If this bit is set, then report only success or fail in regexec.
+   If not set, then returns differ between not matching and errors.  */
+#define REG_NOSUB (1 << 3)
+
+
+/* POSIX `eflags' bits (i.e., information for regexec).  */
+
+/* If this bit is set, then the beginning-of-line operator doesn't match
+     the beginning of the string (presumably because it's not the
+     beginning of a line).
+   If not set, then the beginning-of-line operator does match the
+     beginning of the string.  */
+#define REG_NOTBOL 1
+
+/* Like REG_NOTBOL, except for the end-of-line.  */
+#define REG_NOTEOL (1 << 1)
+
+/* Use PMATCH[0] to delimit the start and end of the search in the
+   buffer.  */
+#define REG_STARTEND (1 << 2)
+
+
+/* If any error codes are removed, changed, or added, update the
+   `__re_error_msgid' table in regcomp.c.  */
+
+typedef enum
+{
+  _REG_ENOSYS = -1,	/* This will never happen for this implementation.  */
+  _REG_NOERROR = 0,	/* Success.  */
+  _REG_NOMATCH,		/* Didn't find a match (for regexec).  */
+
+  /* POSIX regcomp return error codes.  (In the order listed in the
+     standard.)  */
+  _REG_BADPAT,		/* Invalid pattern.  */
+  _REG_ECOLLATE,	/* Invalid collating element.  */
+  _REG_ECTYPE,		/* Invalid character class name.  */
+  _REG_EESCAPE,		/* Trailing backslash.  */
+  _REG_ESUBREG,		/* Invalid back reference.  */
+  _REG_EBRACK,		/* Unmatched left bracket.  */
+  _REG_EPAREN,		/* Parenthesis imbalance.  */
+  _REG_EBRACE,		/* Unmatched \{.  */
+  _REG_BADBR,		/* Invalid contents of \{\}.  */
+  _REG_ERANGE,		/* Invalid range end.  */
+  _REG_ESPACE,		/* Ran out of memory.  */
+  _REG_BADRPT,		/* No preceding re for repetition op.  */
+
+  /* Error codes we've added.  */
+  _REG_EEND,		/* Premature end.  */
+  _REG_ESIZE,		/* Compiled pattern bigger than 2^16 bytes.  */
+  _REG_ERPAREN		/* Unmatched ) or \); not returned from regcomp.  */
+} reg_errcode_t;
+
+#ifdef _XOPEN_SOURCE
+# define REG_ENOSYS	_REG_ENOSYS
+#endif
+#define REG_NOERROR	_REG_NOERROR
+#define REG_NOMATCH	_REG_NOMATCH
+#define REG_BADPAT	_REG_BADPAT
+#define REG_ECOLLATE	_REG_ECOLLATE
+#define REG_ECTYPE	_REG_ECTYPE
+#define REG_EESCAPE	_REG_EESCAPE
+#define REG_ESUBREG	_REG_ESUBREG
+#define REG_EBRACK	_REG_EBRACK
+#define REG_EPAREN	_REG_EPAREN
+#define REG_EBRACE	_REG_EBRACE
+#define REG_BADBR	_REG_BADBR
+#define REG_ERANGE	_REG_ERANGE
+#define REG_ESPACE	_REG_ESPACE
+#define REG_BADRPT	_REG_BADRPT
+#define REG_EEND	_REG_EEND
+#define REG_ESIZE	_REG_ESIZE
+#define REG_ERPAREN	_REG_ERPAREN
+
+/* struct re_pattern_buffer normally uses member names like `buffer'
+   that POSIX does not allow.  In POSIX mode these members have names
+   with leading `re_' (e.g., `re_buffer').  */
+#ifdef __USE_GNU_REGEX
+# define _REG_RE_NAME(id) id
+# define _REG_RM_NAME(id) id
+#else
+# define _REG_RE_NAME(id) re_##id
+# define _REG_RM_NAME(id) rm_##id
+#endif
+
+/* The user can specify the type of the re_translate member by
+   defining the macro RE_TRANSLATE_TYPE, which defaults to unsigned
+   char *.  This pollutes the POSIX name space, so in POSIX mode just
+   use unsigned char *.  */
+#ifdef __USE_GNU_REGEX
+# ifndef RE_TRANSLATE_TYPE
+#  define RE_TRANSLATE_TYPE unsigned char *
+# endif
+# define REG_TRANSLATE_TYPE RE_TRANSLATE_TYPE
+#else
+# define REG_TRANSLATE_TYPE unsigned char *
+#endif
+
+/* This data structure represents a compiled pattern.  Before calling
+   the pattern compiler, the fields `buffer', `allocated', `fastmap',
+   `translate', and `no_sub' can be set.  After the pattern has been
+   compiled, the `re_nsub' field is available.  All other fields are
+   private to the regex routines.  */
+
+struct re_pattern_buffer
+{
+  /* Space that holds the compiled pattern.  It is declared as
+     `unsigned char *' because its elements are sometimes used as
+     array indexes.  */
+  unsigned char *_REG_RE_NAME (buffer);
+
+  /* Number of bytes to which `buffer' points.  */
+  __re_long_size_t _REG_RE_NAME (allocated);
+
+  /* Number of bytes actually used in `buffer'.  */
+  __re_long_size_t _REG_RE_NAME (used);
+
+  /* Syntax setting with which the pattern was compiled.  */
+  reg_syntax_t _REG_RE_NAME (syntax);
+
+  /* Pointer to a fastmap, if any, otherwise zero.  re_search uses the
+     fastmap, if there is one, to skip over impossible starting points
+     for matches.  */
+  char *_REG_RE_NAME (fastmap);
+
+  /* Either a translate table to apply to all characters before
+     comparing them, or zero for no translation.  The translation is
+     applied to a pattern when it is compiled and to a string when it
+     is matched.  */
+  REG_TRANSLATE_TYPE _REG_RE_NAME (translate);
+
+  /* Number of subexpressions found by the compiler.  */
+  size_t re_nsub;
+
+  /* Zero if this pattern cannot match the empty string, one else.
+     Well, in truth it's used only in `re_search_2', to see whether or
+     not we should use the fastmap, so we don't set this absolutely
+     perfectly; see `re_compile_fastmap' (the `duplicate' case).  */
+  unsigned int _REG_RE_NAME (can_be_null) : 1;
+
+  /* If REGS_UNALLOCATED, allocate space in the `regs' structure
+     for `max (RE_NREGS, re_nsub + 1)' groups.
+     If REGS_REALLOCATE, reallocate space if necessary.
+     If REGS_FIXED, use what's there.  */
+#ifdef __USE_GNU_REGEX
+# define REGS_UNALLOCATED 0
+# define REGS_REALLOCATE 1
+# define REGS_FIXED 2
+#endif
+  unsigned int _REG_RE_NAME (regs_allocated) : 2;
+
+  /* Set to zero when `regex_compile' compiles a pattern; set to one
+     by `re_compile_fastmap' if it updates the fastmap.  */
+  unsigned int _REG_RE_NAME (fastmap_accurate) : 1;
+
+  /* If set, `re_match_2' does not return information about
+     subexpressions.  */
+  unsigned int _REG_RE_NAME (no_sub) : 1;
+
+  /* If set, a beginning-of-line anchor doesn't match at the beginning
+     of the string.  */
+  unsigned int _REG_RE_NAME (not_bol) : 1;
+
+  /* Similarly for an end-of-line anchor.  */
+  unsigned int _REG_RE_NAME (not_eol) : 1;
+
+  /* If true, an anchor at a newline matches.  */
+  unsigned int _REG_RE_NAME (newline_anchor) : 1;
+
+/* [[[end pattern_buffer]]] */
+};
+
+typedef struct re_pattern_buffer regex_t;
+
+/* This is the structure we store register match data in.  See
+   regex.texinfo for a full description of what registers match.  */
+struct re_registers
+{
+  __re_size_t _REG_RM_NAME (num_regs);
+  regoff_t *_REG_RM_NAME (start);
+  regoff_t *_REG_RM_NAME (end);
+};
+
+
+/* If `regs_allocated' is REGS_UNALLOCATED in the pattern buffer,
+   `re_match_2' returns information about at least this many registers
+   the first time a `regs' structure is passed.  */
+#if !defined RE_NREGS && defined __USE_GNU_REGEX
+# define RE_NREGS 30
+#endif
+
+
+/* POSIX specification for registers.  Aside from the different names than
+   `re_registers', POSIX uses an array of structures, instead of a
+   structure of arrays.  */
+typedef struct
+{
+  regoff_t rm_so;  /* Byte offset from string's start to substring's start.  */
+  regoff_t rm_eo;  /* Byte offset from string's start to substring's end.  */
+} regmatch_t;
+
+/* Declarations for routines.  */
+
+/* Sets the current default syntax to SYNTAX, and return the old syntax.
+   You can also simply assign to the `re_syntax_options' variable.  */
+extern reg_syntax_t re_set_syntax (reg_syntax_t __syntax);
+
+/* Compile the regular expression PATTERN, with length LENGTH
+   and syntax given by the global `re_syntax_options', into the buffer
+   BUFFER.  Return NULL if successful, and an error string if not.  */
+extern const char *re_compile_pattern (const char *__pattern, size_t __length,
+				       struct re_pattern_buffer *__buffer);
+
+
+/* Compile a fastmap for the compiled pattern in BUFFER; used to
+   accelerate searches.  Return 0 if successful and -2 if was an
+   internal error.  */
+extern int re_compile_fastmap (struct re_pattern_buffer *__buffer);
+
+
+/* Search in the string STRING (with length LENGTH) for the pattern
+   compiled into BUFFER.  Start searching at position START, for RANGE
+   characters.  Return the starting position of the match, -1 for no
+   match, or -2 for an internal error.  Also return register
+   information in REGS (if REGS and BUFFER->no_sub are nonzero).  */
+extern regoff_t re_search (struct re_pattern_buffer *__buffer,
+			   const char *__string, __re_idx_t __length,
+			   __re_idx_t __start, regoff_t __range,
+			   struct re_registers *__regs);
+
+
+/* Like `re_search', but search in the concatenation of STRING1 and
+   STRING2.  Also, stop searching at index START + STOP.  */
+extern regoff_t re_search_2 (struct re_pattern_buffer *__buffer,
+			     const char *__string1, __re_idx_t __length1,
+			     const char *__string2, __re_idx_t __length2,
+			     __re_idx_t __start, regoff_t __range,
+			     struct re_registers *__regs,
+			     __re_idx_t __stop);
+
+
+/* Like `re_search', but return how many characters in STRING the regexp
+   in BUFFER matched, starting at position START.  */
+extern regoff_t re_match (struct re_pattern_buffer *__buffer,
+			  const char *__string, __re_idx_t __length,
+			  __re_idx_t __start, struct re_registers *__regs);
+
+
+/* Relates to `re_match' as `re_search_2' relates to `re_search'.  */
+extern regoff_t re_match_2 (struct re_pattern_buffer *__buffer,
+			    const char *__string1, __re_idx_t __length1,
+			    const char *__string2, __re_idx_t __length2,
+			    __re_idx_t __start, struct re_registers *__regs,
+			    __re_idx_t __stop);
+
+
+/* Set REGS to hold NUM_REGS registers, storing them in STARTS and
+   ENDS.  Subsequent matches using BUFFER and REGS will use this memory
+   for recording register information.  STARTS and ENDS must be
+   allocated with malloc, and must each be at least `NUM_REGS * sizeof
+   (regoff_t)' bytes long.
+
+   If NUM_REGS == 0, then subsequent matches should allocate their own
+   register data.
+
+   Unless this function is called, the first search or match using
+   PATTERN_BUFFER will allocate its own register data, without
+   freeing the old data.  */
+extern void re_set_registers (struct re_pattern_buffer *__buffer,
+			      struct re_registers *__regs,
+			      __re_size_t __num_regs,
+			      regoff_t *__starts, regoff_t *__ends);
+
+#if defined _REGEX_RE_COMP || defined _LIBC
+# ifndef _CRAY
+/* 4.2 bsd compatibility.  */
+extern char *re_comp (const char *);
+extern int re_exec (const char *);
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* GCC 2.95 and later have "__restrict"; C99 compilers have
+   "restrict", and "configure" may have defined "restrict".
+   Other compilers use __restrict, __restrict__, and _Restrict, and
+   'configure' might #define 'restrict' to those words, so pick a
+   different name.  */
+#ifndef _Restrict_
+# if 199901L <= __STDC_VERSION__
+#  define _Restrict_ restrict
+# elif 2 < __GNUC__ || (2 == __GNUC__ && 95 <= __GNUC_MINOR__)
+#  define _Restrict_ __restrict
+# else
+#  define _Restrict_
+# endif
+#endif
+/* gcc 3.1 and up support the [restrict] syntax.  Don't trust
+   sys/cdefs.h's definition of __restrict_arr, though, as it
+   mishandles gcc -ansi -pedantic.  */
+#ifndef _Restrict_arr_
+# if ((199901L <= __STDC_VERSION__					\
+       || ((3 < __GNUC__ || (3 == __GNUC__ && 1 <= __GNUC_MINOR__))	\
+	   && !__STRICT_ANSI__))					\
+      && !defined __GNUG__)
+#  define _Restrict_arr_ _Restrict_
+# else
+#  define _Restrict_arr_
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* POSIX compatibility.  */
+extern int regcomp (regex_t *_Restrict_ __preg,
+		    const char *_Restrict_ __pattern,
+		    int __cflags);
+
+extern int regexec (const regex_t *_Restrict_ __preg,
+		    const char *_Restrict_ __string, size_t __nmatch,
+		    regmatch_t __pmatch[_Restrict_arr_],
+		    int __eflags);
+
+extern size_t regerror (int __errcode, const regex_t *_Restrict_ __preg,
+			char *_Restrict_ __errbuf, size_t __errbuf_size);
+
+extern void regfree (regex_t *__preg);
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif	/* C++ */
+
+#endif /* regex.h */

gnulib/regex_internal.h

@@ -0,0 +1,871 @@
+/* Extended regular expression matching and search library.
+   Copyright (C) 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010 Free
+   Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+   Contributed by Isamu Hasegawa <isamu@yamato.ibm.com>.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+   with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
+
+#ifndef _REGEX_INTERNAL_H
+#define _REGEX_INTERNAL_H 1
+
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include <langinfo.h>
+#ifndef _LIBC
+# include "localcharset.h"
+#endif
+#if defined HAVE_LOCALE_H || defined _LIBC
+# include <locale.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <wchar.h>
+#include <wctype.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+#if defined _LIBC
+# include <bits/libc-lock.h>
+#else
+# define __libc_lock_init(NAME) do { } while (0)
+# define __libc_lock_lock(NAME) do { } while (0)
+# define __libc_lock_unlock(NAME) do { } while (0)
+#endif
+
+/* In case that the system doesn't have isblank().  */
+#if !defined _LIBC && ! (defined isblank || (HAVE_ISBLANK && HAVE_DECL_ISBLANK))
+# define isblank(ch) ((ch) == ' ' || (ch) == '\t')
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# ifndef _RE_DEFINE_LOCALE_FUNCTIONS
+#  define _RE_DEFINE_LOCALE_FUNCTIONS 1
+#   include <locale/localeinfo.h>
+#   include <locale/elem-hash.h>
+#   include <locale/coll-lookup.h>
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* This is for other GNU distributions with internationalized messages.  */
+#if (HAVE_LIBINTL_H && ENABLE_NLS) || defined _LIBC
+# include <libintl.h>
+# ifdef _LIBC
+#  undef gettext
+#  define gettext(msgid) \
+  INTUSE(__dcgettext) (_libc_intl_domainname, msgid, LC_MESSAGES)
+# endif
+#else
+# define gettext(msgid) (msgid)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef gettext_noop
+/* This define is so xgettext can find the internationalizable
+   strings.  */
+# define gettext_noop(String) String
+#endif
+
+/* For loser systems without the definition.  */
+#ifndef SIZE_MAX
+# define SIZE_MAX ((size_t) -1)
+#endif
+
+#if (defined MB_CUR_MAX && HAVE_LOCALE_H && HAVE_WCTYPE_H && HAVE_ISWCTYPE && HAVE_WCSCOLL) || _LIBC
+# define RE_ENABLE_I18N
+#endif
+
+#if __GNUC__ >= 3
+# define BE(expr, val) __builtin_expect (expr, val)
+#else
+# define BE(expr, val) (expr)
+# ifdef _LIBC
+#  define inline
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* Number of ASCII characters.  */
+#define ASCII_CHARS 0x80
+
+/* Number of single byte characters.  */
+#define SBC_MAX (UCHAR_MAX + 1)
+
+#define COLL_ELEM_LEN_MAX 8
+
+/* The character which represents newline.  */
+#define NEWLINE_CHAR '\n'
+#define WIDE_NEWLINE_CHAR L'\n'
+
+/* Rename to standard API for using out of glibc.  */
+#ifndef _LIBC
+# define __wctype wctype
+# define __iswctype iswctype
+# define __btowc btowc
+# define __wcrtomb wcrtomb
+# define __mbrtowc mbrtowc
+# define __regfree regfree
+# define attribute_hidden
+#endif /* not _LIBC */
+
+#if __GNUC__ >= 4 || (__GNUC__ == 3 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 1)
+# define __attribute(arg) __attribute__ (arg)
+#else
+# define __attribute(arg)
+#endif
+
+typedef __re_idx_t Idx;
+
+/* Special return value for failure to match.  */
+#define REG_MISSING ((Idx) -1)
+
+/* Special return value for internal error.  */
+#define REG_ERROR ((Idx) -2)
+
+/* Test whether N is a valid index, and is not one of the above.  */
+#ifdef _REGEX_LARGE_OFFSETS
+# define REG_VALID_INDEX(n) ((Idx) (n) < REG_ERROR)
+#else
+# define REG_VALID_INDEX(n) (0 <= (n))
+#endif
+
+/* Test whether N is a valid nonzero index.  */
+#ifdef _REGEX_LARGE_OFFSETS
+# define REG_VALID_NONZERO_INDEX(n) ((Idx) ((n) - 1) < (Idx) (REG_ERROR - 1))
+#else
+# define REG_VALID_NONZERO_INDEX(n) (0 < (n))
+#endif
+
+/* A hash value, suitable for computing hash tables.  */
+typedef __re_size_t re_hashval_t;
+
+/* An integer used to represent a set of bits.  It must be unsigned,
+   and must be at least as wide as unsigned int.  */
+typedef unsigned long int bitset_word_t;
+/* All bits set in a bitset_word_t.  */
+#define BITSET_WORD_MAX ULONG_MAX
+
+/* Number of bits in a bitset_word_t.  For portability to hosts with
+   padding bits, do not use '(sizeof (bitset_word_t) * CHAR_BIT)';
+   instead, deduce it directly from BITSET_WORD_MAX.  Avoid
+   greater-than-32-bit integers and unconditional shifts by more than
+   31 bits, as they're not portable.  */
+#if BITSET_WORD_MAX == 0xffffffffUL
+# define BITSET_WORD_BITS 32
+#elif BITSET_WORD_MAX >> 31 >> 4 == 1
+# define BITSET_WORD_BITS 36
+#elif BITSET_WORD_MAX >> 31 >> 16 == 1
+# define BITSET_WORD_BITS 48
+#elif BITSET_WORD_MAX >> 31 >> 28 == 1
+# define BITSET_WORD_BITS 60
+#elif BITSET_WORD_MAX >> 31 >> 31 >> 1 == 1
+# define BITSET_WORD_BITS 64
+#elif BITSET_WORD_MAX >> 31 >> 31 >> 9 == 1
+# define BITSET_WORD_BITS 72
+#elif BITSET_WORD_MAX >> 31 >> 31 >> 31 >> 31 >> 3 == 1
+# define BITSET_WORD_BITS 128
+#elif BITSET_WORD_MAX >> 31 >> 31 >> 31 >> 31 >> 31 >> 31 >> 31 >> 31 >> 7 == 1
+# define BITSET_WORD_BITS 256
+#elif BITSET_WORD_MAX >> 31 >> 31 >> 31 >> 31 >> 31 >> 31 >> 31 >> 31 >> 7 > 1
+# define BITSET_WORD_BITS 257 /* any value > SBC_MAX will do here */
+# if BITSET_WORD_BITS <= SBC_MAX
+#  error "Invalid SBC_MAX"
+# endif
+#else
+# error "Add case for new bitset_word_t size"
+#endif
+
+/* Number of bitset_word_t values in a bitset_t.  */
+#define BITSET_WORDS ((SBC_MAX + BITSET_WORD_BITS - 1) / BITSET_WORD_BITS)
+
+typedef bitset_word_t bitset_t[BITSET_WORDS];
+typedef bitset_word_t *re_bitset_ptr_t;
+typedef const bitset_word_t *re_const_bitset_ptr_t;
+
+#define PREV_WORD_CONSTRAINT 0x0001
+#define PREV_NOTWORD_CONSTRAINT 0x0002
+#define NEXT_WORD_CONSTRAINT 0x0004
+#define NEXT_NOTWORD_CONSTRAINT 0x0008
+#define PREV_NEWLINE_CONSTRAINT 0x0010
+#define NEXT_NEWLINE_CONSTRAINT 0x0020
+#define PREV_BEGBUF_CONSTRAINT 0x0040
+#define NEXT_ENDBUF_CONSTRAINT 0x0080
+#define WORD_DELIM_CONSTRAINT 0x0100
+#define NOT_WORD_DELIM_CONSTRAINT 0x0200
+
+typedef enum
+{
+  INSIDE_WORD = PREV_WORD_CONSTRAINT | NEXT_WORD_CONSTRAINT,
+  WORD_FIRST = PREV_NOTWORD_CONSTRAINT | NEXT_WORD_CONSTRAINT,
+  WORD_LAST = PREV_WORD_CONSTRAINT | NEXT_NOTWORD_CONSTRAINT,
+  INSIDE_NOTWORD = PREV_NOTWORD_CONSTRAINT | NEXT_NOTWORD_CONSTRAINT,
+  LINE_FIRST = PREV_NEWLINE_CONSTRAINT,
+  LINE_LAST = NEXT_NEWLINE_CONSTRAINT,
+  BUF_FIRST = PREV_BEGBUF_CONSTRAINT,
+  BUF_LAST = NEXT_ENDBUF_CONSTRAINT,
+  WORD_DELIM = WORD_DELIM_CONSTRAINT,
+  NOT_WORD_DELIM = NOT_WORD_DELIM_CONSTRAINT
+} re_context_type;
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  Idx alloc;
+  Idx nelem;
+  Idx *elems;
+} re_node_set;
+
+typedef enum
+{
+  NON_TYPE = 0,
+
+  /* Node type, These are used by token, node, tree.  */
+  CHARACTER = 1,
+  END_OF_RE = 2,
+  SIMPLE_BRACKET = 3,
+  OP_BACK_REF = 4,
+  OP_PERIOD = 5,
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+  COMPLEX_BRACKET = 6,
+  OP_UTF8_PERIOD = 7,
+#endif /* RE_ENABLE_I18N */
+
+  /* We define EPSILON_BIT as a macro so that OP_OPEN_SUBEXP is used
+     when the debugger shows values of this enum type.  */
+#define EPSILON_BIT 8
+  OP_OPEN_SUBEXP = EPSILON_BIT | 0,
+  OP_CLOSE_SUBEXP = EPSILON_BIT | 1,
+  OP_ALT = EPSILON_BIT | 2,
+  OP_DUP_ASTERISK = EPSILON_BIT | 3,
+  ANCHOR = EPSILON_BIT | 4,
+
+  /* Tree type, these are used only by tree. */
+  CONCAT = 16,
+  SUBEXP = 17,
+
+  /* Token type, these are used only by token.  */
+  OP_DUP_PLUS = 18,
+  OP_DUP_QUESTION,
+  OP_OPEN_BRACKET,
+  OP_CLOSE_BRACKET,
+  OP_CHARSET_RANGE,
+  OP_OPEN_DUP_NUM,
+  OP_CLOSE_DUP_NUM,
+  OP_NON_MATCH_LIST,
+  OP_OPEN_COLL_ELEM,
+  OP_CLOSE_COLL_ELEM,
+  OP_OPEN_EQUIV_CLASS,
+  OP_CLOSE_EQUIV_CLASS,
+  OP_OPEN_CHAR_CLASS,
+  OP_CLOSE_CHAR_CLASS,
+  OP_WORD,
+  OP_NOTWORD,
+  OP_SPACE,
+  OP_NOTSPACE,
+  BACK_SLASH
+
+} re_token_type_t;
+
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+typedef struct
+{
+  /* Multibyte characters.  */
+  wchar_t *mbchars;
+
+  /* Collating symbols.  */
+# ifdef _LIBC
+  int32_t *coll_syms;
+# endif
+
+  /* Equivalence classes. */
+# ifdef _LIBC
+  int32_t *equiv_classes;
+# endif
+
+  /* Range expressions. */
+# ifdef _LIBC
+  uint32_t *range_starts;
+  uint32_t *range_ends;
+# else /* not _LIBC */
+  wchar_t *range_starts;
+  wchar_t *range_ends;
+# endif /* not _LIBC */
+
+  /* Character classes. */
+  wctype_t *char_classes;
+
+  /* If this character set is the non-matching list.  */
+  unsigned int non_match : 1;
+
+  /* # of multibyte characters.  */
+  Idx nmbchars;
+
+  /* # of collating symbols.  */
+  Idx ncoll_syms;
+
+  /* # of equivalence classes. */
+  Idx nequiv_classes;
+
+  /* # of range expressions. */
+  Idx nranges;
+
+  /* # of character classes. */
+  Idx nchar_classes;
+} re_charset_t;
+#endif /* RE_ENABLE_I18N */
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  union
+  {
+    unsigned char c;		/* for CHARACTER */
+    re_bitset_ptr_t sbcset;	/* for SIMPLE_BRACKET */
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+    re_charset_t *mbcset;	/* for COMPLEX_BRACKET */
+#endif /* RE_ENABLE_I18N */
+    Idx idx;			/* for BACK_REF */
+    re_context_type ctx_type;	/* for ANCHOR */
+  } opr;
+#if __GNUC__ >= 2 && !__STRICT_ANSI__
+  re_token_type_t type : 8;
+#else
+  re_token_type_t type;
+#endif
+  unsigned int constraint : 10;	/* context constraint */
+  unsigned int duplicated : 1;
+  unsigned int opt_subexp : 1;
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+  unsigned int accept_mb : 1;
+  /* These 2 bits can be moved into the union if needed (e.g. if running out
+     of bits; move opr.c to opr.c.c and move the flags to opr.c.flags).  */
+  unsigned int mb_partial : 1;
+#endif
+  unsigned int word_char : 1;
+} re_token_t;
+
+#define IS_EPSILON_NODE(type) ((type) & EPSILON_BIT)
+
+struct re_string_t
+{
+  /* Indicate the raw buffer which is the original string passed as an
+     argument of regexec(), re_search(), etc..  */
+  const unsigned char *raw_mbs;
+  /* Store the multibyte string.  In case of "case insensitive mode" like
+     REG_ICASE, upper cases of the string are stored, otherwise MBS points
+     the same address that RAW_MBS points.  */
+  unsigned char *mbs;
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+  /* Store the wide character string which is corresponding to MBS.  */
+  wint_t *wcs;
+  Idx *offsets;
+  mbstate_t cur_state;
+#endif
+  /* Index in RAW_MBS.  Each character mbs[i] corresponds to
+     raw_mbs[raw_mbs_idx + i].  */
+  Idx raw_mbs_idx;
+  /* The length of the valid characters in the buffers.  */
+  Idx valid_len;
+  /* The corresponding number of bytes in raw_mbs array.  */
+  Idx valid_raw_len;
+  /* The length of the buffers MBS and WCS.  */
+  Idx bufs_len;
+  /* The index in MBS, which is updated by re_string_fetch_byte.  */
+  Idx cur_idx;
+  /* length of RAW_MBS array.  */
+  Idx raw_len;
+  /* This is RAW_LEN - RAW_MBS_IDX + VALID_LEN - VALID_RAW_LEN.  */
+  Idx len;
+  /* End of the buffer may be shorter than its length in the cases such
+     as re_match_2, re_search_2.  Then, we use STOP for end of the buffer
+     instead of LEN.  */
+  Idx raw_stop;
+  /* This is RAW_STOP - RAW_MBS_IDX adjusted through OFFSETS.  */
+  Idx stop;
+
+  /* The context of mbs[0].  We store the context independently, since
+     the context of mbs[0] may be different from raw_mbs[0], which is
+     the beginning of the input string.  */
+  unsigned int tip_context;
+  /* The translation passed as a part of an argument of re_compile_pattern.  */
+  RE_TRANSLATE_TYPE trans;
+  /* Copy of re_dfa_t's word_char.  */
+  re_const_bitset_ptr_t word_char;
+  /* true if REG_ICASE.  */
+  unsigned char icase;
+  unsigned char is_utf8;
+  unsigned char map_notascii;
+  unsigned char mbs_allocated;
+  unsigned char offsets_needed;
+  unsigned char newline_anchor;
+  unsigned char word_ops_used;
+  int mb_cur_max;
+};
+typedef struct re_string_t re_string_t;
+
+
+struct re_dfa_t;
+typedef struct re_dfa_t re_dfa_t;
+
+#ifndef _LIBC
+# if defined __i386__ && !defined __EMX__
+#  define internal_function   __attribute ((regparm (3), stdcall))
+# else
+#  define internal_function
+# endif
+#endif
+
+static reg_errcode_t re_string_realloc_buffers (re_string_t *pstr,
+						Idx new_buf_len)
+     internal_function;
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+static void build_wcs_buffer (re_string_t *pstr) internal_function;
+static reg_errcode_t build_wcs_upper_buffer (re_string_t *pstr)
+     internal_function;
+#endif /* RE_ENABLE_I18N */
+static void build_upper_buffer (re_string_t *pstr) internal_function;
+static void re_string_translate_buffer (re_string_t *pstr) internal_function;
+static unsigned int re_string_context_at (const re_string_t *input, Idx idx,
+					  int eflags)
+     internal_function __attribute ((pure));
+#define re_string_peek_byte(pstr, offset) \
+  ((pstr)->mbs[(pstr)->cur_idx + offset])
+#define re_string_fetch_byte(pstr) \
+  ((pstr)->mbs[(pstr)->cur_idx++])
+#define re_string_first_byte(pstr, idx) \
+  ((idx) == (pstr)->valid_len || (pstr)->wcs[idx] != WEOF)
+#define re_string_is_single_byte_char(pstr, idx) \
+  ((pstr)->wcs[idx] != WEOF && ((pstr)->valid_len == (idx) + 1 \
+				|| (pstr)->wcs[(idx) + 1] != WEOF))
+#define re_string_eoi(pstr) ((pstr)->stop <= (pstr)->cur_idx)
+#define re_string_cur_idx(pstr) ((pstr)->cur_idx)
+#define re_string_get_buffer(pstr) ((pstr)->mbs)
+#define re_string_length(pstr) ((pstr)->len)
+#define re_string_byte_at(pstr,idx) ((pstr)->mbs[idx])
+#define re_string_skip_bytes(pstr,idx) ((pstr)->cur_idx += (idx))
+#define re_string_set_index(pstr,idx) ((pstr)->cur_idx = (idx))
+
+#include <alloca.h>
+
+#ifndef _LIBC
+# if HAVE_ALLOCA
+/* The OS usually guarantees only one guard page at the bottom of the stack,
+   and a page size can be as small as 4096 bytes.  So we cannot safely
+   allocate anything larger than 4096 bytes.  Also care for the possibility
+   of a few compiler-allocated temporary stack slots.  */
+#  define __libc_use_alloca(n) ((n) < 4032)
+# else
+/* alloca is implemented with malloc, so just use malloc.  */
+#  define __libc_use_alloca(n) 0
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef MAX
+# define MAX(a,b) ((a) < (b) ? (b) : (a))
+#endif
+
+#define re_malloc(t,n) ((t *) malloc ((n) * sizeof (t)))
+#define re_realloc(p,t,n) ((t *) realloc (p, (n) * sizeof (t)))
+#define re_free(p) free (p)
+
+struct bin_tree_t
+{
+  struct bin_tree_t *parent;
+  struct bin_tree_t *left;
+  struct bin_tree_t *right;
+  struct bin_tree_t *first;
+  struct bin_tree_t *next;
+
+  re_token_t token;
+
+  /* `node_idx' is the index in dfa->nodes, if `type' == 0.
+     Otherwise `type' indicate the type of this node.  */
+  Idx node_idx;
+};
+typedef struct bin_tree_t bin_tree_t;
+
+#define BIN_TREE_STORAGE_SIZE \
+  ((1024 - sizeof (void *)) / sizeof (bin_tree_t))
+
+struct bin_tree_storage_t
+{
+  struct bin_tree_storage_t *next;
+  bin_tree_t data[BIN_TREE_STORAGE_SIZE];
+};
+typedef struct bin_tree_storage_t bin_tree_storage_t;
+
+#define CONTEXT_WORD 1
+#define CONTEXT_NEWLINE (CONTEXT_WORD << 1)
+#define CONTEXT_BEGBUF (CONTEXT_NEWLINE << 1)
+#define CONTEXT_ENDBUF (CONTEXT_BEGBUF << 1)
+
+#define IS_WORD_CONTEXT(c) ((c) & CONTEXT_WORD)
+#define IS_NEWLINE_CONTEXT(c) ((c) & CONTEXT_NEWLINE)
+#define IS_BEGBUF_CONTEXT(c) ((c) & CONTEXT_BEGBUF)
+#define IS_ENDBUF_CONTEXT(c) ((c) & CONTEXT_ENDBUF)
+#define IS_ORDINARY_CONTEXT(c) ((c) == 0)
+
+#define IS_WORD_CHAR(ch) (isalnum (ch) || (ch) == '_')
+#define IS_NEWLINE(ch) ((ch) == NEWLINE_CHAR)
+#define IS_WIDE_WORD_CHAR(ch) (iswalnum (ch) || (ch) == L'_')
+#define IS_WIDE_NEWLINE(ch) ((ch) == WIDE_NEWLINE_CHAR)
+
+#define NOT_SATISFY_PREV_CONSTRAINT(constraint,context) \
+ ((((constraint) & PREV_WORD_CONSTRAINT) && !IS_WORD_CONTEXT (context)) \
+  || ((constraint & PREV_NOTWORD_CONSTRAINT) && IS_WORD_CONTEXT (context)) \
+  || ((constraint & PREV_NEWLINE_CONSTRAINT) && !IS_NEWLINE_CONTEXT (context))\
+  || ((constraint & PREV_BEGBUF_CONSTRAINT) && !IS_BEGBUF_CONTEXT (context)))
+
+#define NOT_SATISFY_NEXT_CONSTRAINT(constraint,context) \
+ ((((constraint) & NEXT_WORD_CONSTRAINT) && !IS_WORD_CONTEXT (context)) \
+  || (((constraint) & NEXT_NOTWORD_CONSTRAINT) && IS_WORD_CONTEXT (context)) \
+  || (((constraint) & NEXT_NEWLINE_CONSTRAINT) && !IS_NEWLINE_CONTEXT (context)) \
+  || (((constraint) & NEXT_ENDBUF_CONSTRAINT) && !IS_ENDBUF_CONTEXT (context)))
+
+struct re_dfastate_t
+{
+  re_hashval_t hash;
+  re_node_set nodes;
+  re_node_set non_eps_nodes;
+  re_node_set inveclosure;
+  re_node_set *entrance_nodes;
+  struct re_dfastate_t **trtable, **word_trtable;
+  unsigned int context : 4;
+  unsigned int halt : 1;
+  /* If this state can accept `multi byte'.
+     Note that we refer to multibyte characters, and multi character
+     collating elements as `multi byte'.  */
+  unsigned int accept_mb : 1;
+  /* If this state has backreference node(s).  */
+  unsigned int has_backref : 1;
+  unsigned int has_constraint : 1;
+};
+typedef struct re_dfastate_t re_dfastate_t;
+
+struct re_state_table_entry
+{
+  Idx num;
+  Idx alloc;
+  re_dfastate_t **array;
+};
+
+/* Array type used in re_sub_match_last_t and re_sub_match_top_t.  */
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  Idx next_idx;
+  Idx alloc;
+  re_dfastate_t **array;
+} state_array_t;
+
+/* Store information about the node NODE whose type is OP_CLOSE_SUBEXP.  */
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  Idx node;
+  Idx str_idx; /* The position NODE match at.  */
+  state_array_t path;
+} re_sub_match_last_t;
+
+/* Store information about the node NODE whose type is OP_OPEN_SUBEXP.
+   And information about the node, whose type is OP_CLOSE_SUBEXP,
+   corresponding to NODE is stored in LASTS.  */
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  Idx str_idx;
+  Idx node;
+  state_array_t *path;
+  Idx alasts; /* Allocation size of LASTS.  */
+  Idx nlasts; /* The number of LASTS.  */
+  re_sub_match_last_t **lasts;
+} re_sub_match_top_t;
+
+struct re_backref_cache_entry
+{
+  Idx node;
+  Idx str_idx;
+  Idx subexp_from;
+  Idx subexp_to;
+  char more;
+  char unused;
+  unsigned short int eps_reachable_subexps_map;
+};
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  /* The string object corresponding to the input string.  */
+  re_string_t input;
+#if defined _LIBC || (defined __STDC_VERSION__ && __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L)
+  const re_dfa_t *const dfa;
+#else
+  const re_dfa_t *dfa;
+#endif
+  /* EFLAGS of the argument of regexec.  */
+  int eflags;
+  /* Where the matching ends.  */
+  Idx match_last;
+  Idx last_node;
+  /* The state log used by the matcher.  */
+  re_dfastate_t **state_log;
+  Idx state_log_top;
+  /* Back reference cache.  */
+  Idx nbkref_ents;
+  Idx abkref_ents;
+  struct re_backref_cache_entry *bkref_ents;
+  int max_mb_elem_len;
+  Idx nsub_tops;
+  Idx asub_tops;
+  re_sub_match_top_t **sub_tops;
+} re_match_context_t;
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  re_dfastate_t **sifted_states;
+  re_dfastate_t **limited_states;
+  Idx last_node;
+  Idx last_str_idx;
+  re_node_set limits;
+} re_sift_context_t;
+
+struct re_fail_stack_ent_t
+{
+  Idx idx;
+  Idx node;
+  regmatch_t *regs;
+  re_node_set eps_via_nodes;
+};
+
+struct re_fail_stack_t
+{
+  Idx num;
+  Idx alloc;
+  struct re_fail_stack_ent_t *stack;
+};
+
+struct re_dfa_t
+{
+  re_token_t *nodes;
+  size_t nodes_alloc;
+  size_t nodes_len;
+  Idx *nexts;
+  Idx *org_indices;
+  re_node_set *edests;
+  re_node_set *eclosures;
+  re_node_set *inveclosures;
+  struct re_state_table_entry *state_table;
+  re_dfastate_t *init_state;
+  re_dfastate_t *init_state_word;
+  re_dfastate_t *init_state_nl;
+  re_dfastate_t *init_state_begbuf;
+  bin_tree_t *str_tree;
+  bin_tree_storage_t *str_tree_storage;
+  re_bitset_ptr_t sb_char;
+  int str_tree_storage_idx;
+
+  /* number of subexpressions `re_nsub' is in regex_t.  */
+  re_hashval_t state_hash_mask;
+  Idx init_node;
+  Idx nbackref; /* The number of backreference in this dfa.  */
+
+  /* Bitmap expressing which backreference is used.  */
+  bitset_word_t used_bkref_map;
+  bitset_word_t completed_bkref_map;
+
+  unsigned int has_plural_match : 1;
+  /* If this dfa has "multibyte node", which is a backreference or
+     a node which can accept multibyte character or multi character
+     collating element.  */
+  unsigned int has_mb_node : 1;
+  unsigned int is_utf8 : 1;
+  unsigned int map_notascii : 1;
+  unsigned int word_ops_used : 1;
+  int mb_cur_max;
+  bitset_t word_char;
+  reg_syntax_t syntax;
+  Idx *subexp_map;
+#ifdef DEBUG
+  char* re_str;
+#endif
+#ifdef _LIBC
+  __libc_lock_define (, lock)
+#endif
+};
+
+#define re_node_set_init_empty(set) memset (set, '\0', sizeof (re_node_set))
+#define re_node_set_remove(set,id) \
+  (re_node_set_remove_at (set, re_node_set_contains (set, id) - 1))
+#define re_node_set_empty(p) ((p)->nelem = 0)
+#define re_node_set_free(set) re_free ((set)->elems)
+
+
+typedef enum
+{
+  SB_CHAR,
+  MB_CHAR,
+  EQUIV_CLASS,
+  COLL_SYM,
+  CHAR_CLASS
+} bracket_elem_type;
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  bracket_elem_type type;
+  union
+  {
+    unsigned char ch;
+    unsigned char *name;
+    wchar_t wch;
+  } opr;
+} bracket_elem_t;
+
+
+/* Inline functions for bitset_t operation.  */
+
+static inline void
+bitset_set (bitset_t set, Idx i)
+{
+  set[i / BITSET_WORD_BITS] |= (bitset_word_t) 1 << i % BITSET_WORD_BITS;
+}
+
+static inline void
+bitset_clear (bitset_t set, Idx i)
+{
+  set[i / BITSET_WORD_BITS] &= ~ ((bitset_word_t) 1 << i % BITSET_WORD_BITS);
+}
+
+static inline bool
+bitset_contain (const bitset_t set, Idx i)
+{
+  return (set[i / BITSET_WORD_BITS] >> i % BITSET_WORD_BITS) & 1;
+}
+
+static inline void
+bitset_empty (bitset_t set)
+{
+  memset (set, '\0', sizeof (bitset_t));
+}
+
+static inline void
+bitset_set_all (bitset_t set)
+{
+  memset (set, -1, sizeof (bitset_word_t) * (SBC_MAX / BITSET_WORD_BITS));
+  if (SBC_MAX % BITSET_WORD_BITS != 0)
+    set[BITSET_WORDS - 1] =
+      ((bitset_word_t) 1 << SBC_MAX % BITSET_WORD_BITS) - 1;
+}
+
+static inline void
+bitset_copy (bitset_t dest, const bitset_t src)
+{
+  memcpy (dest, src, sizeof (bitset_t));
+}
+
+static inline void
+bitset_not (bitset_t set)
+{
+  int bitset_i;
+  for (bitset_i = 0; bitset_i < SBC_MAX / BITSET_WORD_BITS; ++bitset_i)
+    set[bitset_i] = ~set[bitset_i];
+  if (SBC_MAX % BITSET_WORD_BITS != 0)
+    set[BITSET_WORDS - 1] =
+      ((((bitset_word_t) 1 << SBC_MAX % BITSET_WORD_BITS) - 1)
+       & ~set[BITSET_WORDS - 1]);
+}
+
+static inline void
+bitset_merge (bitset_t dest, const bitset_t src)
+{
+  int bitset_i;
+  for (bitset_i = 0; bitset_i < BITSET_WORDS; ++bitset_i)
+    dest[bitset_i] |= src[bitset_i];
+}
+
+static inline void
+bitset_mask (bitset_t dest, const bitset_t src)
+{
+  int bitset_i;
+  for (bitset_i = 0; bitset_i < BITSET_WORDS; ++bitset_i)
+    dest[bitset_i] &= src[bitset_i];
+}
+
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+/* Inline functions for re_string.  */
+static inline int
+internal_function __attribute ((pure))
+re_string_char_size_at (const re_string_t *pstr, Idx idx)
+{
+  int byte_idx;
+  if (pstr->mb_cur_max == 1)
+    return 1;
+  for (byte_idx = 1; idx + byte_idx < pstr->valid_len; ++byte_idx)
+    if (pstr->wcs[idx + byte_idx] != WEOF)
+      break;
+  return byte_idx;
+}
+
+static inline wint_t
+internal_function __attribute ((pure))
+re_string_wchar_at (const re_string_t *pstr, Idx idx)
+{
+  if (pstr->mb_cur_max == 1)
+    return (wint_t) pstr->mbs[idx];
+  return (wint_t) pstr->wcs[idx];
+}
+
+static int
+internal_function __attribute ((pure))
+re_string_elem_size_at (const re_string_t *pstr, Idx idx)
+{
+# ifdef _LIBC
+  const unsigned char *p, *extra;
+  const int32_t *table, *indirect;
+  int32_t tmp;
+#  include <locale/weight.h>
+  uint_fast32_t nrules = _NL_CURRENT_WORD (LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_NRULES);
+
+  if (nrules != 0)
+    {
+      table = (const int32_t *) _NL_CURRENT (LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_TABLEMB);
+      extra = (const unsigned char *)
+	_NL_CURRENT (LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_EXTRAMB);
+      indirect = (const int32_t *) _NL_CURRENT (LC_COLLATE,
+						_NL_COLLATE_INDIRECTMB);
+      p = pstr->mbs + idx;
+      tmp = findidx (&p);
+      return p - pstr->mbs - idx;
+    }
+  else
+# endif /* _LIBC */
+    return 1;
+}
+#endif /* RE_ENABLE_I18N */
+
+#ifndef __GNUC_PREREQ
+# if defined __GNUC__ && defined __GNUC_MINOR__
+#  define __GNUC_PREREQ(maj, min) \
+         ((__GNUC__ << 16) + __GNUC_MINOR__ >= ((maj) << 16) + (min))
+# else
+#  define __GNUC_PREREQ(maj, min) 0
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if __GNUC_PREREQ (3,4)
+# undef __attribute_warn_unused_result__
+# define __attribute_warn_unused_result__ \
+   __attribute__ ((__warn_unused_result__))
+#else
+# define __attribute_warn_unused_result__ /* empty */
+#endif
+
+#endif /*  _REGEX_INTERNAL_H */

include/grub/aout.h

@@ -102,6 +102,7 @@ union grub_aout_header
 #define AOUT_MID_I386		134	/* i386 BSD binary */
 #define AOUT_MID_SPARC		138	/* sparc */
 #define	AOUT_MID_HP200		200	/* hp200 (68010) BSD binary */
+#define	AOUT_MID_SUN            0x103
 #define	AOUT_MID_HP300		300	/* hp300 (68020+68881) BSD binary */
 #define	AOUT_MID_HPUX		0x20C	/* hp200/300 HP-UX binary */
 #define	AOUT_MID_HPUX800	0x20B	/* hp800 HP-UX binary */
@@ -114,10 +115,14 @@ union grub_aout_header
 #define AOUT_GETMID(header) ((header).a_midmag >> 16) & 0x03ff)
 #define AOUT_GETFLAG(header) ((header).a_midmag >> 26) & 0x3f)
 
+#ifndef GRUB_UTIL
+
 int EXPORT_FUNC(grub_aout_get_type) (union grub_aout_header *header);
 
 grub_err_t EXPORT_FUNC(grub_aout_load) (grub_file_t file, int offset,
                                         grub_addr_t load_addr, int load_size,
                                         grub_addr_t bss_end_addr);
 
+#endif
+
 #endif /* ! GRUB_AOUT_HEADER */

include/grub/bitmap.h

@@ -47,24 +47,24 @@ struct grub_video_bitmap_reader
 };
 typedef struct grub_video_bitmap_reader *grub_video_bitmap_reader_t;
 
-void grub_video_bitmap_reader_register (grub_video_bitmap_reader_t reader);
+void EXPORT_FUNC (grub_video_bitmap_reader_register) (grub_video_bitmap_reader_t reader);
-void grub_video_bitmap_reader_unregister (grub_video_bitmap_reader_t reader);
+void EXPORT_FUNC (grub_video_bitmap_reader_unregister) (grub_video_bitmap_reader_t reader);
 
-grub_err_t grub_video_bitmap_create (struct grub_video_bitmap **bitmap,
+grub_err_t EXPORT_FUNC (grub_video_bitmap_create) (struct grub_video_bitmap **bitmap,
-                                     unsigned int width, unsigned int height,
+						   unsigned int width, unsigned int height,
-                                     enum grub_video_blit_format blit_format);
+						   enum grub_video_blit_format blit_format);
 
-grub_err_t grub_video_bitmap_destroy (struct grub_video_bitmap *bitmap);
+grub_err_t EXPORT_FUNC (grub_video_bitmap_destroy) (struct grub_video_bitmap *bitmap);
 
-grub_err_t grub_video_bitmap_load (struct grub_video_bitmap **bitmap,
+grub_err_t EXPORT_FUNC (grub_video_bitmap_load) (struct grub_video_bitmap **bitmap,
-                                   const char *filename);
+						 const char *filename);
 
-unsigned int grub_video_bitmap_get_width (struct grub_video_bitmap *bitmap);
+unsigned int EXPORT_FUNC (grub_video_bitmap_get_width) (struct grub_video_bitmap *bitmap);
-unsigned int grub_video_bitmap_get_height (struct grub_video_bitmap *bitmap);
+unsigned int EXPORT_FUNC (grub_video_bitmap_get_height) (struct grub_video_bitmap *bitmap);
 
-void grub_video_bitmap_get_mode_info (struct grub_video_bitmap *bitmap,
+void EXPORT_FUNC (grub_video_bitmap_get_mode_info) (struct grub_video_bitmap *bitmap,
-                                      struct grub_video_mode_info *mode_info);
+						    struct grub_video_mode_info *mode_info);
 
-void *grub_video_bitmap_get_data (struct grub_video_bitmap *bitmap);
+void *EXPORT_FUNC (grub_video_bitmap_get_data) (struct grub_video_bitmap *bitmap);
 
 #endif /* ! GRUB_BITMAP_HEADER */

include/grub/bitmap_scale.h

@@ -39,10 +39,11 @@ enum grub_video_bitmap_scale_method
 };
 
 grub_err_t
-grub_video_bitmap_create_scaled (struct grub_video_bitmap **dst,
+EXPORT_FUNC (grub_video_bitmap_create_scaled) (struct grub_video_bitmap **dst,
-                                 int dst_width, int dst_height,
+					       int dst_width, int dst_height,
-                                 struct grub_video_bitmap *src,
+					       struct grub_video_bitmap *src,
-                                 enum
+					       enum 
-                                 grub_video_bitmap_scale_method scale_method);
+					       grub_video_bitmap_scale_method
+					       scale_method);
 
 #endif /* ! GRUB_BITMAP_SCALE_HEADER */

include/grub/bsdlabel.h

@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+/*
+ *  GRUB  --  GRand Unified Bootloader
+ *  Copyright (C) 1999,2000,2001,2002,2004,2007  Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ *
+ *  GRUB is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ *  it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ *  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ *  (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ *  GRUB is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ *  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ *  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ *  GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ *  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ *  along with GRUB.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+ */
+
+#ifndef GRUB_BSDLABEL_PARTITION_HEADER
+#define GRUB_BSDLABEL_PARTITION_HEADER	1
+
+/* Constants for BSD disk label.  */
+#define GRUB_PC_PARTITION_BSD_LABEL_SECTOR	1
+#define GRUB_PC_PARTITION_BSD_LABEL_MAGIC	0x82564557
+
+/* BSD partition types.  */
+#define GRUB_PC_PARTITION_BSD_TYPE_UNUSED	0
+#define GRUB_PC_PARTITION_BSD_TYPE_SWAP		1
+#define GRUB_PC_PARTITION_BSD_TYPE_V6		2
+#define GRUB_PC_PARTITION_BSD_TYPE_V7		3
+#define GRUB_PC_PARTITION_BSD_TYPE_SYSV		4
+#define GRUB_PC_PARTITION_BSD_TYPE_V71K		5
+#define GRUB_PC_PARTITION_BSD_TYPE_V8		6
+#define GRUB_PC_PARTITION_BSD_TYPE_BSDFFS	7
+#define GRUB_PC_PARTITION_BSD_TYPE_MSDOS	8
+#define GRUB_PC_PARTITION_BSD_TYPE_BSDLFS	9
+#define GRUB_PC_PARTITION_BSD_TYPE_OTHER	10
+#define GRUB_PC_PARTITION_BSD_TYPE_HPFS		11
+#define GRUB_PC_PARTITION_BSD_TYPE_ISO9660	12
+#define GRUB_PC_PARTITION_BSD_TYPE_BOOT		13
+
+/* FreeBSD-specific types.  */
+#define GRUB_PC_PARTITION_FREEBSD_TYPE_VINUM	14
+#define GRUB_PC_PARTITION_FREEBSD_TYPE_RAID	15
+#define GRUB_PC_PARTITION_FREEBSD_TYPE_JFS2	21
+
+/* NetBSD-specific types.  */
+#define	GRUB_PC_PARTITION_NETBSD_TYPE_ADOS	14
+#define	GRUB_PC_PARTITION_NETBSD_TYPE_HFS	15
+#define	GRUB_PC_PARTITION_NETBSD_TYPE_FILECORE	16
+#define	GRUB_PC_PARTITION_NETBSD_TYPE_EXT2FS	17
+#define	GRUB_PC_PARTITION_NETBSD_TYPE_NTFS	18
+#define	GRUB_PC_PARTITION_NETBSD_TYPE_RAID	19
+#define	GRUB_PC_PARTITION_NETBSD_TYPE_CCD	20
+#define	GRUB_PC_PARTITION_NETBSD_TYPE_JFS2	21
+#define	GRUB_PC_PARTITION_NETBSD_TYPE_APPLEUFS	22
+
+/* OpenBSD-specific types.  */
+#define	GRUB_PC_PARTITION_OPENBSD_TYPE_ADOS	14
+#define	GRUB_PC_PARTITION_OPENBSD_TYPE_HFS	15
+#define	GRUB_PC_PARTITION_OPENBSD_TYPE_FILECORE	16
+#define	GRUB_PC_PARTITION_OPENBSD_TYPE_EXT2FS	17
+#define	GRUB_PC_PARTITION_OPENBSD_TYPE_NTFS	18
+#define	GRUB_PC_PARTITION_OPENBSD_TYPE_RAID	19
+
+/* The BSD partition entry.  */
+struct grub_partition_bsd_entry
+{
+  grub_uint32_t size;
+  grub_uint32_t offset;
+  grub_uint32_t fragment_size;
+  grub_uint8_t fs_type;
+  grub_uint8_t fs_fragments;
+  grub_uint16_t fs_cylinders;
+} __attribute__ ((packed));
+
+/* The BSD disk label. Only define members useful for GRUB.  */
+struct grub_partition_bsd_disk_label
+{
+  grub_uint32_t magic;
+  grub_uint8_t padding[128];
+  grub_uint32_t magic2;
+  grub_uint16_t checksum;
+  grub_uint16_t num_partitions;
+  grub_uint32_t boot_size;
+  grub_uint32_t superblock_size;
+} __attribute__ ((packed));
+
+#endif /* ! GRUB_PC_PARTITION_HEADER */

include/grub/bufio.h

@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 
 #include <grub/file.h>
 
-grub_file_t grub_bufio_open (grub_file_t io, int size);
+grub_file_t EXPORT_FUNC (grub_bufio_open) (grub_file_t io, int size);
-grub_file_t grub_buffile_open (const char *name, int size);
+grub_file_t EXPORT_FUNC (grub_buffile_open) (const char *name, int size);
 
 #endif /* ! GRUB_BUFIO_H */

include/grub/font.h

@@ -81,36 +81,38 @@ int grub_font_load (const char *filename);
    "Family Name Bold Italic 14", where Bold and Italic are optional.
    If no font matches the name specified, the most recently loaded font
    is returned as a fallback.  */
-grub_font_t grub_font_get (const char *font_name);
+grub_font_t EXPORT_FUNC (grub_font_get) (const char *font_name);
 
-const char *grub_font_get_name (grub_font_t font);
+const char *EXPORT_FUNC (grub_font_get_name) (grub_font_t font);
 
-int grub_font_get_max_char_width (grub_font_t font);
+int EXPORT_FUNC (grub_font_get_max_char_width) (grub_font_t font);
 
-int grub_font_get_max_char_height (grub_font_t font);
+int EXPORT_FUNC (grub_font_get_max_char_height) (grub_font_t font);
 
-int grub_font_get_ascent (grub_font_t font);
+int EXPORT_FUNC (grub_font_get_ascent) (grub_font_t font);
 
-int grub_font_get_descent (grub_font_t font);
+int EXPORT_FUNC (grub_font_get_descent) (grub_font_t font);
 
-int grub_font_get_leading (grub_font_t font);
+int EXPORT_FUNC (grub_font_get_leading) (grub_font_t font);
 
-int grub_font_get_height (grub_font_t font);
+int EXPORT_FUNC (grub_font_get_height) (grub_font_t font);
 
-int grub_font_get_string_width (grub_font_t font, const char *str);
+int EXPORT_FUNC (grub_font_get_string_width) (grub_font_t font,
+					      const char *str);
 
-struct grub_font_glyph *grub_font_get_glyph (grub_font_t font,
+struct grub_font_glyph *EXPORT_FUNC (grub_font_get_glyph) (grub_font_t font,
-                                             grub_uint32_t code);
+							   grub_uint32_t code);
 
-struct grub_font_glyph *grub_font_get_glyph_with_fallback (grub_font_t font,
+struct grub_font_glyph *EXPORT_FUNC (grub_font_get_glyph_with_fallback) (grub_font_t font,
-                                                           grub_uint32_t code);
+									 grub_uint32_t code);
 
-grub_err_t grub_font_draw_glyph (struct grub_font_glyph *glyph,
+grub_err_t EXPORT_FUNC (grub_font_draw_glyph) (struct grub_font_glyph *glyph,
-                                        grub_video_color_t color,
+					       grub_video_color_t color,
-                                        int left_x, int baseline_y);
+					       int left_x, int baseline_y);
 
-grub_err_t grub_font_draw_string (const char *str, grub_font_t font,
+grub_err_t EXPORT_FUNC (grub_font_draw_string) (const char *str,
-                                  grub_video_color_t color,
+						grub_font_t font,
-                                  int left_x, int baseline_y);
+						grub_video_color_t color,
+						int left_x, int baseline_y);
 
 #endif /* ! GRUB_FONT_HEADER */

include/grub/gfxterm.h

@@ -25,20 +25,20 @@
 #include <grub/video.h>
 
 grub_err_t
-grub_gfxterm_set_window (struct grub_video_render_target *target,
+EXPORT_FUNC (grub_gfxterm_set_window) (struct grub_video_render_target *target,
-			 int x, int y, int width, int height,
+				       int x, int y, int width, int height,
-			 int double_repaint,
+				       int double_repaint,
-			 const char *font_name, int border_width);
+				       const char *font_name, int border_width);
 
 typedef void (*grub_gfxterm_repaint_callback_t)(int x, int y,
                                                 int width, int height);
 
 void grub_gfxterm_set_repaint_callback (grub_gfxterm_repaint_callback_t func);
 
-void grub_gfxterm_schedule_repaint (void);
+void EXPORT_FUNC (grub_gfxterm_schedule_repaint) (void);
 
-grub_err_t grub_gfxterm_fullscreen (void);
+grub_err_t EXPORT_FUNC (grub_gfxterm_fullscreen) (void);
 
-extern void (*grub_gfxterm_decorator_hook) (void);
+extern void (*EXPORT_VAR (grub_gfxterm_decorator_hook)) (void);
 
 #endif /* ! GRUB_GFXTERM_HEADER */

include/grub/i18n.h

@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@
 extern const char *(*EXPORT_VAR(grub_gettext)) (const char *s);
 
 /* NLS can be disabled through the configure --disable-nls option.  */
-#if ENABLE_NLS
+#if (defined(ENABLE_NLS) && ENABLE_NLS)
 
 # ifdef GRUB_UTIL
 
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ extern const char *(*EXPORT_VAR(grub_gettext)) (const char *s);
 
 # endif /* GRUB_UTIL */
 
-#else /* ! ENABLE_NLS */
+#else /* ! (defined(ENABLE_NLS) && ENABLE_NLS) */
 
 /* Disabled NLS.
    The casts to 'const char *' serve the purpose of producing warnings
@@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ extern const char *(*EXPORT_VAR(grub_gettext)) (const char *s);
 #  define grub_gettext(str) ((const char *) (str))
 # endif /* GRUB_UTIL */
 
-#endif /* ENABLE_NLS */
+#endif /* (defined(ENABLE_NLS) && ENABLE_NLS) */
 
 #ifdef GRUB_UTIL
 # define _(str) gettext(str)

include/grub/i386/multiboot.h

@@ -19,17 +19,23 @@
 #ifndef GRUB_MULTIBOOT_CPU_HEADER
 #define GRUB_MULTIBOOT_CPU_HEADER	1
 
-/* The asm part of the multiboot loader.  */
-void grub_multiboot_real_boot (grub_addr_t entry,
-			       struct multiboot_info *mbi)
-     __attribute__ ((noreturn));
-void grub_multiboot2_real_boot (grub_addr_t entry,
-				struct multiboot_info *mbi)
-     __attribute__ ((noreturn));
-
 extern grub_uint32_t grub_multiboot_payload_eip;
 extern char *grub_multiboot_payload_orig;
 extern grub_addr_t grub_multiboot_payload_dest;
 extern grub_size_t grub_multiboot_payload_size;
 
+#define MULTIBOOT_INITIAL_STATE  { .eax = MULTIBOOT_BOOTLOADER_MAGIC,	\
+    .ecx = 0,								\
+    .edx = 0,								\
+    /* Set esp to some random location in low memory to avoid breaking */ \
+    /* non-compliant kernels.  */					\
+    .esp = 0x7ff00							\
+      }
+#define MULTIBOOT_ENTRY_REGISTER eip
+#define MULTIBOOT_MBI_REGISTER ebx
+#define MULTIBOOT_ARCHITECTURE_CURRENT MULTIBOOT_ARCHITECTURE_I386
+
+#define MULTIBOOT_ELF32_MACHINE EM_386
+#define MULTIBOOT_ELF64_MACHINE EM_X86_64
+
 #endif /* ! GRUB_MULTIBOOT_CPU_HEADER */

include/grub/i386/pc/init.h

@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ grub_uint32_t grub_get_eisa_mmap (void);
 
 /* Get a memory map entry. Return next continuation value. Zero means
    the end.  */
-grub_uint32_t EXPORT_FUNC(grub_get_mmap_entry) (struct grub_machine_mmap_entry *entry,
+grub_uint32_t grub_get_mmap_entry (struct grub_machine_mmap_entry *entry,
 				   grub_uint32_t cont);
 
 /* Turn on/off Gate A20.  */

include/grub/i386/pc/vbe.h

@@ -19,8 +19,6 @@
 #ifndef GRUB_VBE_MACHINE_HEADER
 #define GRUB_VBE_MACHINE_HEADER	1
 
-#include <grub/video_fb.h>
-
 /* Default video mode to be used.  */
 #define GRUB_VBE_DEFAULT_VIDEO_MODE     0x101
 

include/grub/i386/pc/vga.h

@@ -28,7 +28,4 @@
 /* Set the video mode to MODE and return the previous mode.  */
 unsigned char EXPORT_FUNC(grub_vga_set_mode) (unsigned char mode);
 
-/* Return a pointer to the ROM font table.  */
-unsigned char *EXPORT_FUNC(grub_vga_get_font) (void);
-
 #endif /* ! GRUB_VGA_MACHINE_HEADER */

include/grub/ieee1275/ieee1275.h

@@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ int EXPORT_FUNC(grub_ieee1275_read) (grub_ieee1275_ihandle_t ihandle,
 				     void *buffer, grub_size_t len,
 				     grub_ssize_t *actualp);
 int EXPORT_FUNC(grub_ieee1275_seek) (grub_ieee1275_ihandle_t ihandle,
-				     int pos_hi, int pos_lo,
+				     grub_disk_addr_t pos,
 				     grub_ssize_t *result);
 int EXPORT_FUNC(grub_ieee1275_peer) (grub_ieee1275_phandle_t node,
 				     grub_ieee1275_phandle_t *result);
@@ -173,6 +173,10 @@ grub_err_t EXPORT_FUNC(grub_machine_mmap_iterate)
      (int NESTED_FUNC_ATTR (*hook) (grub_uint64_t, grub_uint64_t, grub_uint32_t));
 int EXPORT_FUNC(grub_claimmap) (grub_addr_t addr, grub_size_t size);
 
+int
+EXPORT_FUNC(grub_ieee1275_map) (grub_addr_t phys, grub_addr_t virt,
+				grub_size_t size, grub_uint32_t mode);
+
 char *EXPORT_FUNC(grub_ieee1275_encode_devname) (const char *path);
 char *EXPORT_FUNC(grub_ieee1275_get_filename) (const char *path);
 

include/grub/kernel.h

@@ -59,6 +59,8 @@ extern grub_addr_t grub_arch_modules_addr (void);
 
 extern void EXPORT_FUNC(grub_module_iterate) (int (*hook) (struct grub_module_header *));
 
+grub_addr_t grub_modules_get_end (void);
+
 /* The start point of the C code.  */
 void grub_main (void);
 

include/grub/list.h

@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ grub_bad_type_cast_real (int line, const char *file)
   return 0;
 }
 
-#define grub_bad_type_cast() grub_bad_type_cast_real(__LINE__, __FILE__)
+#define grub_bad_type_cast() grub_bad_type_cast_real(__LINE__, GRUB_FILE)
 
 #define GRUB_FIELD_MATCH(ptr, type, field) \
   ((char *) &(ptr)->field == (char *) &((type) (ptr))->field)

include/grub/mips/multiboot.h

@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+/*
+ *  GRUB  --  GRand Unified Bootloader
+ *  Copyright (C) 2002,2003,2004,2007,2008,2009  Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ *
+ *  GRUB is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ *  it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ *  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ *  (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ *  GRUB is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ *  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ *  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ *  GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ *  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ *  along with GRUB.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+ */
+
+#ifndef GRUB_MULTIBOOT_CPU_HEADER
+#define GRUB_MULTIBOOT_CPU_HEADER	1
+
+extern grub_uint32_t grub_multiboot_payload_eip;
+extern char *grub_multiboot_payload_orig;
+extern grub_addr_t grub_multiboot_payload_dest;
+extern grub_size_t grub_multiboot_payload_size;
+
+#define MULTIBOOT_INITIAL_STATE  { .gpr[4] = MULTIBOOT_BOOTLOADER_MAGIC, \
+    .jumpreg = 1 }
+#define MULTIBOOT_ENTRY_REGISTER gpr[1]
+#define MULTIBOOT_MBI_REGISTER gpr[5]
+#define MULTIBOOT_ARCHITECTURE_CURRENT MULTIBOOT_ARCHITECTURE_MIPS32
+
+#define MULTIBOOT_ELF32_MACHINE EM_MIPS
+#define MULTIBOOT_ELF64_MACHINE EM_MIPS
+
+#endif /* ! GRUB_MULTIBOOT_CPU_HEADER */

include/grub/misc.h

@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@
 #define ARRAY_SIZE(array) (sizeof (array) / sizeof (array[0]))
 #define COMPILE_TIME_ASSERT(cond) switch (0) { case 1: case !(cond): ; }
 
-#define grub_dprintf(condition, fmt, args...) grub_real_dprintf(__FILE__, __LINE__, condition, fmt, ## args)
+#define grub_dprintf(condition, fmt, args...) grub_real_dprintf(GRUB_FILE, __LINE__, condition, fmt, ## args)
 /* XXX: If grub_memmove is too slow, we must implement grub_memcpy.  */
 #define grub_memcpy(d,s,n)	grub_memmove ((d), (s), (n))
 
@@ -261,7 +261,7 @@ grub_size_t EXPORT_FUNC(grub_utf8_to_ucs4) (grub_uint32_t *dest,
 grub_uint64_t EXPORT_FUNC(grub_divmod64) (grub_uint64_t n,
 					  grub_uint32_t d, grub_uint32_t *r);
 
-#ifdef NEED_ENABLE_EXECUTE_STACK
+#if defined(NEED_ENABLE_EXECUTE_STACK) && !defined(GRUB_UTIL)
 void EXPORT_FUNC(__enable_execute_stack) (void *addr);
 #endif
 

include/grub/mm.h

@@ -44,19 +44,19 @@ void grub_mm_dump_free (void);
 void grub_mm_dump (unsigned lineno);
 
 #define grub_malloc(size)	\
-  grub_debug_malloc (__FILE__, __LINE__, size)
+  grub_debug_malloc (GRUB_FILE, __LINE__, size)
 
 #define grub_zalloc(size)	\
-  grub_debug_zalloc (__FILE__, __LINE__, size)
+  grub_debug_zalloc (GRUB_FILE, __LINE__, size)
 
 #define grub_realloc(ptr,size)	\
-  grub_debug_realloc (__FILE__, __LINE__, ptr, size)
+  grub_debug_realloc (GRUB_FILE, __LINE__, ptr, size)
 
 #define grub_memalign(align,size)	\
-  grub_debug_memalign (__FILE__, __LINE__, align, size)
+  grub_debug_memalign (GRUB_FILE, __LINE__, align, size)
 
 #define grub_free(ptr)	\
-  grub_debug_free (__FILE__, __LINE__, ptr)
+  grub_debug_free (GRUB_FILE, __LINE__, ptr)
 
 void *EXPORT_FUNC(grub_debug_malloc) (const char *file, int line,
 				      grub_size_t size);

include/grub/msdos_partition.h

@@ -53,75 +53,6 @@
 #define GRUB_PC_PARTITION_TYPE_GPT_DISK		0xee
 #define GRUB_PC_PARTITION_TYPE_LINUX_RAID	0xfd
 
-/* Constants for BSD disk label.  */
-#define GRUB_PC_PARTITION_BSD_LABEL_SECTOR	1
-#define GRUB_PC_PARTITION_BSD_LABEL_MAGIC	0x82564557
-#define GRUB_PC_PARTITION_BSD_MAX_ENTRIES	8
-
-/* BSD partition types.  */
-#define GRUB_PC_PARTITION_BSD_TYPE_UNUSED	0
-#define GRUB_PC_PARTITION_BSD_TYPE_SWAP		1
-#define GRUB_PC_PARTITION_BSD_TYPE_V6		2
-#define GRUB_PC_PARTITION_BSD_TYPE_V7		3
-#define GRUB_PC_PARTITION_BSD_TYPE_SYSV		4
-#define GRUB_PC_PARTITION_BSD_TYPE_V71K		5
-#define GRUB_PC_PARTITION_BSD_TYPE_V8		6
-#define GRUB_PC_PARTITION_BSD_TYPE_BSDFFS	7
-#define GRUB_PC_PARTITION_BSD_TYPE_MSDOS	8
-#define GRUB_PC_PARTITION_BSD_TYPE_BSDLFS	9
-#define GRUB_PC_PARTITION_BSD_TYPE_OTHER	10
-#define GRUB_PC_PARTITION_BSD_TYPE_HPFS		11
-#define GRUB_PC_PARTITION_BSD_TYPE_ISO9660	12
-#define GRUB_PC_PARTITION_BSD_TYPE_BOOT		13
-
-/* FreeBSD-specific types.  */
-#define GRUB_PC_PARTITION_FREEBSD_TYPE_VINUM	14
-#define GRUB_PC_PARTITION_FREEBSD_TYPE_RAID	15
-#define GRUB_PC_PARTITION_FREEBSD_TYPE_JFS2	21
-
-/* NetBSD-specific types.  */
-#define	GRUB_PC_PARTITION_NETBSD_TYPE_ADOS	14
-#define	GRUB_PC_PARTITION_NETBSD_TYPE_HFS	15
-#define	GRUB_PC_PARTITION_NETBSD_TYPE_FILECORE	16
-#define	GRUB_PC_PARTITION_NETBSD_TYPE_EXT2FS	17
-#define	GRUB_PC_PARTITION_NETBSD_TYPE_NTFS	18
-#define	GRUB_PC_PARTITION_NETBSD_TYPE_RAID	19
-#define	GRUB_PC_PARTITION_NETBSD_TYPE_CCD	20
-#define	GRUB_PC_PARTITION_NETBSD_TYPE_JFS2	21
-#define	GRUB_PC_PARTITION_NETBSD_TYPE_APPLEUFS	22
-
-/* OpenBSD-specific types.  */
-#define	GRUB_PC_PARTITION_OPENBSD_TYPE_ADOS	14
-#define	GRUB_PC_PARTITION_OPENBSD_TYPE_HFS	15
-#define	GRUB_PC_PARTITION_OPENBSD_TYPE_FILECORE	16
-#define	GRUB_PC_PARTITION_OPENBSD_TYPE_EXT2FS	17
-#define	GRUB_PC_PARTITION_OPENBSD_TYPE_NTFS	18
-#define	GRUB_PC_PARTITION_OPENBSD_TYPE_RAID	19
-
-/* The BSD partition entry.  */
-struct grub_msdos_partition_bsd_entry
-{
-  grub_uint32_t size;
-  grub_uint32_t offset;
-  grub_uint32_t fragment_size;
-  grub_uint8_t fs_type;
-  grub_uint8_t fs_fragments;
-  grub_uint16_t fs_cylinders;
-} __attribute__ ((packed));
-
-/* The BSD disk label. Only define members useful for GRUB.  */
-struct grub_msdos_partition_disk_label
-{
-  grub_uint32_t magic;
-  grub_uint8_t padding[128];
-  grub_uint32_t magic2;
-  grub_uint16_t checksum;
-  grub_uint16_t num_partitions;
-  grub_uint32_t boot_size;
-  grub_uint32_t superblock_size;
-  struct grub_msdos_partition_bsd_entry entries[GRUB_PC_PARTITION_BSD_MAX_ENTRIES];
-} __attribute__ ((packed));
-
 /* The partition entry.  */
 struct grub_msdos_partition_entry
 {
@@ -168,23 +99,6 @@ struct grub_msdos_partition_mbr
 } __attribute__ ((packed));
 
 
-struct grub_msdos_partition
-{
-    /* The DOS partition number.  */
-  int dos_part;
-
-  /* The BSD partition number (a == 0).  */
-  int bsd_part;
-
-  /* The DOS partition type.  */
-  int dos_type;
-
-  /* The BSD partition type.  */
-  int bsd_type;
-
-  /* The offset of the extended partition.  */
-  unsigned long ext_offset;
-};
 
 static inline int
 grub_msdos_partition_is_empty (int type)
@@ -200,12 +114,4 @@ grub_msdos_partition_is_extended (int type)
 	  || type == GRUB_PC_PARTITION_TYPE_LINUX_EXTENDED);
 }
 
-static inline int
-grub_msdos_partition_is_bsd (int type)
-{
-  return (type == GRUB_PC_PARTITION_TYPE_FREEBSD
-	  || type == GRUB_PC_PARTITION_TYPE_OPENBSD
-	  || type == GRUB_PC_PARTITION_TYPE_NETBSD);
-}
-
 #endif /* ! GRUB_PC_PARTITION_HEADER */